Patent Publication Number: US-11638641-B2

Title: Prosthetic capsular devices, systems, and methods

Description:
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE TO ANY PRIORITY APPLICATIONS 
     This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/926,419, filed Jul. 10, 2020 which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/895,964, filed Feb. 13, 2018, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,743,983, issued Aug. 18, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/676,101, filed Aug. 14, 2017, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,925,037, issued Mar. 27, 2018, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/414,964, filed Jan. 25, 2017, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,763,771, issued Sep. 19, 2017, which is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/156,904, filed May 17, 2016, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,597,176, issued Mar. 21, 2017, which is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/968,427, filed Dec. 14, 2015, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,358,103, issued Jun. 7, 2016, which claims priority benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/216,591, filed Sep. 10, 2015, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/168,493, filed May 29, 2015, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/114,231, filed Feb. 10, 2015, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Any and all applications for which a foreign or domestic priority claim is identified in the Application Data Sheet as filed with the present application are hereby incorporated by reference under 37 C.F.R. § 1.57. 
    
    
     BACKGROUND 
     Technical Field 
     The present application relates to prosthetic capsular devices including wearable electronic technology device(s), and methods for insertion into the eye. 
     Description of the Art 
     Cataract surgery is one of the most successfully and most frequently performed surgical procedures in the United States. Each year, millions of people achieve a dramatic improvement in their visual function thanks to this procedure. With the increasing proportion of the U.S. population reaching their retirement years, there is expected to be an almost doubling of the demand for cataract surgery over the next twenty years from 3.3 million to over 6 million annually. In response to the increased demand, more ophthalmologists may be trained and certified to perform cataract surgery, and each trained and certified ophthalmologist may perform more cataract surgeries each year. 
     In addition to the increase in demand for cataract surgery, technological advances have increased patient expectations for the surgery. The procedure takes a short amount of time to perform, and patients expect quick recovery of visual function. Patients are also asking their ophthalmologist to give them the restoration of more youthful vision without glasses through the use multifocal intraocular lenses, presbyopia correcting lenses, toric lenses, and monovision, to name a few. Despite accurate preoperative measurements and excellent surgical technique, the desired refractive outcome requires a dose of good fortune as there are numerous uncontrolled variables involved. As many as 20-50% of post-operative cataract patients may benefit from glasses or follow-up refractive surgical enhancements to achieve their desired refractive endpoint. The reason for this high amount of refractive unpredictability is believed to be the final resting position of the lens implant in the eye, mathematically expressed as the effective lens position (ELP), which can be quite variable and unpredictable in the current state of cataract surgery. Recently, hundreds of millions of dollars have been invested into developing highly sophisticated femtosecond laser systems that are able to more precisely control the size and shape of the capsulotomy and corneal incisions with the stated goal of lessening the variability of the ELP and thus aiding in better refractive outcomes. Unfortunately, the increased precision of the femtosecond laser systems have not been able to account for the major problem plaguing the variability of the ELP, which is the volumetric difference between the cataract, natural capsular bag, and intraocular lens implant (IOL). 
     A device and method that helps provide the desired refractive endpoint in cataract surgery is described in PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2013/126380, Wortz, published on Aug. 29, 2013, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. 
     All patents and other documents referred to in this application are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. 
     SUMMARY 
     Over the past few years, there has been a major increase in the presence of and reliance on small electronic devices, such as smartphones and related wearable technology, which can provide the user with functions such as interne access, computational ability, computer functionality, e-mail, games, and global positioning system (GPS) function. Some of these devices are being miniaturized and are sometimes worn on the body, such as Google Glass, Microsoft HoloLens, and other head-mounted displays. Additionally, wearable technology that provides biometric data such as blood glucose levels, electrolyte balance, heart rate, electrocardiogram (EKG), intraocular pressure, sensing ciliary muscle contraction for accommodation stimulus, dynamic pupil change, and retinal prostheses have been developed to assist in technology-assisted health care. Such body-mounted devices can be awkward to wear and some users might prefer the positioning of the device in the body. Certain implementations described herein can provide methods and devices for placing an electronic device in the eye. 
     Certain implementations described herein relate to prosthetic capsular devices (e.g., bags as defined in WO 2013/126380) that can be inserted into an eye. A prosthetic capsular device may comprise an anterior surface including an opening, and a posterior surface. At least a portion of the posterior surface includes or is a refractive surface. The device includes a wearable electronic technology device (e.g., a technology device). The prosthetic capsular device or a system comprising the prosthetic capsular device may include an intraocular lens or features similar to an IOL, such as may be used in cataract surgery to replace the natural lens. The technology device and the intraocular lens may be positioned (e.g., in, around, etc. the prosthetic capsular device) such that the technology device does not interfere with (e.g., block, distort) the sight lines through the intraocular lens. 
     A retinal prosthesis may be positioned in a prosthetic capsular device, and data collected by the prosthesis may be remotely transmitted to the optic nerve and/or optionally transmitted directly to the visual cortex, for example wirelessly. In some implementations in which the retinal prosthesis can function as the end receptor of light, the retinal prosthesis may interfere with (e.g., block, distort) the sight lines through the IOL. 
     A method for inserting a wearable technology device (e.g., a technology device) into an eye of a patient may comprise surgically removing a lens or cataract from a natural capsule, leaving the natural capsule in an empty state; inserting a prosthetic capsular device into the eye of the patient (e.g., the prosthetic capsular device including an anterior surface having an opening, and a posterior surface, wherein at least a portion of the posterior surface includes or is a refractive surface); and inserting an electronic technology device into the prosthetic capsular device. 
     An intraocular lens may also be inserted into the prosthetic capsular device, and may be placed in the prosthetic capsular device such that the technology device does not interfere with (e.g., block, distort) sight lines through the intraocular lens, except optionally in the case of a retinal prosthesis. 
     In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device that is configured to be inserted in an eye comprises a housing structure and a ring structure. The housing structure comprises a first material. The housing structure includes a first flat side, a second flat side opposite the first flat side, a third arcuate side extending between the first end of the first flat side and the first end of the second flat side, a fourth arcuate side extending between the second end of the first flat side and the second end of the second flat side and the fourth arcuate side opposite the third arcuate side, a posterior side, an anterior side opposite the posterior side, and a longitudinal axis. The first flat side includes a first end and a second end. The second flat side includes a first end and a second end. The posterior side includes a refractive surface and a posterior fin. The anterior side includes an opening and a round lip around the opening. The first flat side, the second flat side, the third arcuate side, the fourth arcuate side, the posterior side, and the anterior side at least partially define a cavity configured to contain an intraocular device (e.g., an IOL). The ring structure comprises a second material different than the first material. The ring structure is transverse to the longitudinal axis and at a position along the longitudinal axis. The ring structure includes a first ring structure portion extending from proximate to the first end of the first flat side radially outward and towards the second end of the first flat side, a second ring structure portion extending from proximate to the second end of the first flat side radially outward and towards the first end of the first flat side, a third ring structure portion extending from proximate to the first end of the second flat side radially outward and towards the first end of the second flat side, and a fourth ring structure portion extending from proximate to the second end of the second flat side radially outward and towards the first end of the second flat side. The first ring structure portion is anchored in the first flat side and the third arcuate side. The second ring structure portion is anchored in the first flat side and the fourth arcuate side. The third ring structure portion is anchored in the second flat side and the third arcuate side. The fourth ring structure portion is anchored in the second flat side and the fourth arcuate side. Each of the first ring structure portion, the second ring structure portion, the third ring structure portion, and the fourth ring structure portion includes an anterior-posterior opening (e.g., an eyelet) proximate to a terminal end. The housing structure further comprises a bulge extending radially outward from anchor points of the ring structure. Each of the first flat side, the second flat side, the third arcuate side, and the fourth arcuate side includes a first portion extending parallel to the longitudinal axis from the posterior side towards the anterior side to at least the position of the ring structure along the longitudinal axis and a second portion extending radially inwardly from the first portion towards the lip of the anterior side. The first material may comprise silicone. The second material may comprise polyimide. The refractive surface may have a refractive power between −35 D and +35 D. The opening may be oblong. 
     In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device that is configured to be inserted in an eye comprises a housing structure and a ring structure. The housing structure includes a first flat side, a second flat side opposite the first side, a third arcuate side extending between the first end of the first flat side and the first end of the second flat side, a fourth arcuate side extending between the second end of the first flat side and the second end of the second flat side and the fourth arcuate side opposite the third arcuate side, a posterior side including a refractive surface, an anterior side opposite the posterior side, and a longitudinal axis. The first flat side includes a first end and a second end. The second flat side includes a first end and a second end. The anterior side includes an opening. The first flat side, the second flat side, the third arcuate side, the fourth arcuate side, the posterior side, and the anterior side at least partially define a cavity configured to contain an intraocular device (e.g., an IOL). The ring structure includes a first ring structure portion extending from proximate to the first end of the first flat side radially outward and towards the second end of the first flat side, a second ring structure portion extending from proximate to the second end of the first flat side radially outward and towards the first end of the first flat side, a third ring structure portion extending from proximate to the first end of the second flat side radially outward and towards the first end of the second flat side, and a fourth ring structure portion extending from proximate to the second end of the second flat side radially outward and towards the first end of the second flat side. The housing structure may comprise a first material. The ring structure may comprise a second material different than the first material. The first material may comprise silicone. The second material may comprise polyimide. The refractive surface may have a refractive power between −35 D and +35 D. One, two, three, or each of the first flat side, the second flat side, the third arcuate side, and the fourth arcuate side may include a portion extending parallel to the longitudinal axis from the posterior side towards the anterior side. One, two, three, or each of the first flat side, the second flat side, the third arcuate side, and the fourth arcuate side may include a second portion extending radially inwardly from the first portion towards the opening of the anterior side. The housing structure may comprise a bulge extending radially outward from anchor points of the ring structure. One, two, three, or each of the first ring structure portion, the second ring structure portion, the third ring structure portion, and the fourth ring structure portion may include an anterior-posterior opening (e.g., an eyelet) proximate to a terminal end. 
     In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device that is configured to be inserted in an eye comprises a housing structure and a ring structure. The housing structure includes a first side, a second side opposite the first side, a third side extending between the first end of the first side and the first end of the second side, a fourth side extending between the second end of the first side and the second end of the second side and the fourth side opposite the third side, a posterior side including a refractive surface, an anterior side opposite the posterior side, and a longitudinal axis. The first side includes a first end and a second end. The second side includes a first end and a second end. The anterior side includes an opening. The first side, the second side, the third side, the fourth side, the posterior side, and the anterior side at least partially define a cavity configured to contain an intraocular device (e.g., an IOL). The ring structure includes a ring structure portion extending radially outward from proximate one of the first end of the first side, the second end of the first side, the first end of the second side, and the second end of the second side. The housing structure may comprise a first material. The ring structure may comprise a second material different than the first material. The first material may comprise silicone. The second material may comprise polyimide. The refractive surface may have a refractive power between −35 D and +35 D. The opening may be oblong. The device may further comprise a lip around the opening. One, two, three, or each of the first side, the second side, the third side, and the fourth side may include a portion extending parallel to the longitudinal axis from the posterior side towards the anterior side. One, two, three, or each of the first side, the second side, the third side, and the fourth side may include a second portion extending radially inwardly from the first portion towards the opening of the anterior side. The posterior side may comprise a posterior fin. The housing structure may comprise a bulge extending radially outward from anchor points of the ring structure. The ring structure may comprise a plurality of ring structure portions including the ring structure portion. The ring structure portion may be a first ring structure portion extending from proximate to the first end of the first flat side radially outward and towards the second end of the first flat side. The plurality of ring structure portions may include a second ring structure portion extending from proximate to the second end of the first flat side radially outward and towards the first end of the first flat side, a third ring structure portion extending from proximate to the first end of the second flat side radially outward and towards the first end of the second flat side, and a fourth ring structure portion extending from proximate to the second end of the second flat side radially outward and towards the first end of the second flat side. The ring structure portion may include an anterior-posterior opening (e.g., an eyelet) proximate to a terminal end. 
     The methods summarized above and set forth in further detail below may describe certain actions taken by a practitioner; however, it should be understood that these steps can also include the instruction of those actions by another party. Thus, actions such as “inserting an intraocular lens into a prosthetic capsular device” include “instructing the insertion of an intraocular lens into a prosthetic capsular device.” 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 
       A better understanding of the devices and methods described herein will be appreciated upon reference to the following description in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, wherein: 
         FIG.  1    depicts a cross-sectional side view of an eye including an example of a prosthetic capsular device including an IOL; 
         FIG.  2    depicts a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device shown in  FIG.  1   ; 
         FIG.  3    depicts an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device shown in  FIG.  1   ; 
         FIG.  4 A  is a flow chart of an example method for inserting and positioning a prosthetic capsular device into an eye; 
         FIGS.  4 B- 4 G  are photos of an example method for inserting and positioning a prosthetic capsular device into an eye; 
         FIG.  4 H  is a side view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  4 I  is an anterior view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  4 H ; 
         FIG.  4 J  is a cross-sectional view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  4 H  along the line  4 J- 4 J of  FIG.  4 I ; 
         FIG.  5    depicts a cross-sectional side view of an eye including another example of a prosthetic capsular device containing including an IOL; 
         FIG.  6    depicts a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device shown in  FIG.  5   ; 
         FIG.  7    depicts an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device shown in  FIG.  5   ; 
         FIG.  8    depicts a side view of an example prosthetic capsular device comprising an outer surface including, around a perimeter of the outer surface, a continuous outer rim of tabs (e.g., comprising silicone) each tab including an opening in a center of the tab, and the capsular device including an internal lip configured to hold haptics of an IOL; 
         FIG.  9 A  depicts a side view of another example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  9 B  depicts a side cross-sectional view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  9 A ; 
         FIG.  9 C  depicts a posterior plan view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  9 A ; 
         FIG.  9 D  depicts an anterior side perspective view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  9 A ; 
         FIG.  10 A  depicts a side view of yet another example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  10 B  depicts a side cross-sectional view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  10 A ; 
         FIG.  10 C  depicts a posterior plan view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  10 A ; 
         FIG.  10 D  depicts an anterior side perspective view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  10 A ; 
         FIG.  11 A  depicts a side view of still another example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  11 B  depicts a side cross-sectional view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  11 A ; 
         FIG.  11 C  depicts a posterior plan view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  11 A ; 
         FIG.  11 D  depicts a posterior plan view of still yet another example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  11 E  depicts an anterior side perspective view of the prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  11 A ; 
         FIG.  12 A  depicts a cross-sectional view of an eye including an example prosthetic capsular device containing including both a technology device and an IOL; 
         FIG.  12 B  depicts a front view of an example intraocular lens usable in the example prosthetic capsular device shown in  FIG.  12 A  in which the technology device surrounds the outer edge of the IOL (e.g., surrounds the outer edge of the optical surface of the IOL); 
         FIG.  12 C  depicts a top front perspective of the example intraocular lens of  FIG.  12 B ; 
         FIG.  13    illustrates a side cross-sectional side view of an eye including an example of a prosthetic capsular device and an IOL; 
         FIG.  14 A  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  13    with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  14 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of another example prosthetic capsular device with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  15    illustrates a side perspective view of the example prosthetic device of  FIG.  13   ; 
         FIG.  16    illustrates a side perspective view of another example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  17    illustrates a side perspective view of yet another example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  18    illustrates a side perspective view of still another example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  19    illustrates an anterior plan view of yet still another example of a prosthetic capsular device with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  20    is an anterior plan view of another example of a prosthetic capsular device with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  21    is an anterior plan view of yet another example of a prosthetic capsular device with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  22 A  is an anterior plan view of still another example of a prosthetic capsular device with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  22 B  is an anterior plan view of still yet another example of a prosthetic capsular device with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  22 C  is a side perspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  22 B  with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  23    illustrates a side cross-sectional side view of an eye including an example of a prosthetic capsular device and an IOL; 
         FIG.  24    illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  23    with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  25    illustrates a side perspective of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  23    with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  26    illustrates a side cross-sectional side view if an eye including another example of a prosthetic capsular device and an IOL; 
         FIG.  27    illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  26    with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  28    illustrates a side perspective of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  26    with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  29    illustrates an anterior plan view of another example of a prosthetic capsular device with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  30    illustrates a side perspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  29    with an optional secondary IOL positioned inside the prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  31    illustrates a side cross-sectional side view of an eye including an example of a prosthetic capsular device and an IOL; 
         FIG.  32    illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  31   ; 
         FIG.  33    illustrates a side perspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  31   ; 
         FIG.  34    illustrates an anterior plan view of another example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  35    illustrates an anterior plan view of yet another example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  36    illustrates an exploded side perspective view of still another example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  37 A  illustrates an exploded anterior plan view of yet still another example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  37 B  illustrates an exploded side perspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  37 A ; 
         FIG.  38 A  illustrates an exploded anterior plan view of another example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  38 B  illustrates an exploded side perspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  38 A ; 
         FIG.  39    illustrates a side cross-sectional side view of an eye including an example of a prosthetic device; 
         FIG.  40    illustrates a side cross-sectional side view of an eye including another example of a prosthetic device and an IOL; 
         FIG.  41    illustrates a side cross-sectional side view of an eye including yet another example of a prosthetic device and an IOL; 
         FIG.  42    illustrates a side cross-sectional side view of an eye including still another example of a prosthetic device; 
         FIG.  43 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  43 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  43 A ; 
         FIG.  43 C  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  43 A  along the line  43 C- 43 C of  FIG.  43 B ; 
         FIG.  43 D  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  43 A  along the line  43 D- 43 D of  FIG.  43 B ; 
         FIG.  43 E  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example of a prosthetic capsular device system; 
         FIG.  43 F  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device system of  FIG.  43 E ; 
         FIG.  43 G  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device system of  FIG.  43 E  along the line  43 G- 43 G of  FIG.  43 F ; 
         FIG.  43 H  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device system of  FIG.  43 E ; 
         FIGS.  44 A and  44 B  are photographs of animal study results annotated to highlight certain features; 
         FIGS.  45 A- 45 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a first rabbit; 
         FIGS.  46 A- 46 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the first rabbit; 
         FIGS.  47 A- 47 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a second rabbit; 
         FIGS.  48 A- 48 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the second rabbit; 
         FIGS.  49 A- 49 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a third rabbit; 
         FIGS.  50 A- 50 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the third rabbit; 
         FIGS.  51 A- 51 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a fourth rabbit; 
         FIGS.  52 A- 52 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the fourth rabbit; 
         FIGS.  53 A- 53 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a fifth rabbit; 
         FIGS.  54 A- 54 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the fifth rabbit; 
         FIG.  55 A  is a flowchart of an example of controlling focus of an IOL using an external device; 
         FIG.  55 B  is a schematic of a system for controlling an electronic device using an external device; 
         FIG.  55 C  is a flowchart of an example of controlling an electronic device using an external device; 
         FIG.  55 D  is a flowchart of another example of controlling an electronic device using an external device; 
         FIG.  55 E  is a flowchart of another example of controlling an electronic device using an external device; 
         FIG.  55 F  is a flowchart of another example of controlling an electronic device using an external device; 
         FIG.  56    is a block diagram depicting an example computer hardware system configured to execute software for implementing one or more embodiments of electronic device control disclosed herein; 
         FIG.  57 A  is an exploded perspective view of an example kit including a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  57 B  is a top plan view of the example kit of  FIG.  57 A ; 
         FIG.  57 C  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example kit of  FIG.  57 A  along the line  57 C- 57 C of  FIG.  57 B ; 
         FIG.  57 D  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example kit of  FIG.  57 A  along the line  57 D- 57 D of  FIG.  57 B ; 
         FIG.  57 E  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example kit of  FIG.  57 A  along the line  57 E- 57 E of  FIG.  57 B ; 
         FIG.  57 F  is a top plan view of a component of the example kit of  FIG.  57 A ; 
         FIG.  58 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  58 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  58 A ; 
         FIG.  58 C  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  58 A  along the line  58 C- 58 C of  FIG.  58 B ; 
         FIG.  58 D  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  58 A  along the line  58 D- 58 D of  FIG.  58 B ; 
         FIG.  58 E  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  58 F  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  58 G  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device system; 
         FIGS.  58 H- 58 L  illustrate anterior plan views of example prosthetic capsular devices; 
         FIG.  59 A  illustrates a side view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIGS.  59 B and  59 C  illustrate an example method of use of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  59 A   
         FIGS.  60 A- 60 N  illustrate an example method of loading and ejecting the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  58 E ; 
         FIG.  61 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  61 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  61 A ; 
         FIG.  61 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  61 A ; 
         FIG.  61 D  illustrates a side view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  62 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  62 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  62 A ; 
         FIG.  62 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  62 A ; 
         FIG.  63 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  63 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  63 A ; 
         FIG.  63 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  63 A ; 
         FIG.  64 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  64 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  64 A ; 
         FIG.  64 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  64 A ; 
         FIG.  65 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  65 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  65 A ; 
         FIG.  65 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  65 A ; 
         FIG.  66 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  66 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  66 A ; 
         FIG.  66 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  66 A ; 
         FIG.  67 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  67 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  67 A ; 
         FIG.  67 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  67 A ; 
         FIG.  68 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  68 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  68 A ; 
         FIG.  68 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  68 A ; 
         FIG.  68 D  illustrates a side view of an example prosthetic capsular device system including the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  68 A ; 
         FIG.  69 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  69 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  69 A ; 
         FIG.  69 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  69 A ; 
         FIG.  69 D  illustrates a side view of an example prosthetic capsular device system including the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  69 A ; 
         FIG.  70 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  70 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  70 A ; 
         FIG.  70 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  70 A ; 
         FIG.  71 A  illustrates a perspective view of an example device for coupling to a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  71 B  illustrates an example coupling of the example device of  FIG.  71 A  with an example portion of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  71 C  illustrates an example coupling of an example device with an example portion of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  71 D  illustrates an example coupling of an example device with an example portion of a prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  72 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  72 B  illustrates a magnified side view of an example portion of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  71 B ; 
         FIG.  73 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device in an unfolded state; 
         FIG.  73 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  73 A  in an unfolded state; 
         FIG.  73 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  73 A  in an unfolded state; 
         FIG.  73 D  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  73 A  in a folded state; 
         FIG.  73 E  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device of  FIG.  73 A  in a folded state; 
         FIG.  74 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example intraocular lens; 
         FIG.  74 B  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device containing the intraocular lens of  FIG.  74 A ; 
         FIG.  74 C  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device containing an example intraocular lens; 
         FIG.  74 D  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device containing an example intraocular lens; 
         FIG.  74 E  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device containing an example intraocular lens; 
         FIG.  75 A  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device system; 
         FIG.  75 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example medicament delivery device of the prosthetic capsular device system of  FIG.  75 A ; 
         FIG.  75 C  illustrates an anterior plan view of another example medicament delivery device of a prosthetic capsular device system; 
         FIG.  75 D  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another example medicament delivery device of a prosthetic capsular device system; 
         FIG.  75 E  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device system including the medicament delivery device of  FIG.  75 D ; 
         FIG.  76 A  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  76 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  76 C  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  76 D  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  76 E  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  76 F  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device; 
         FIG.  77 A  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic iris device; 
         FIG.  77 B  illustrates a posterior plan view of the example prosthetic iris device of  FIG.  77 A ; 
         FIG.  77 C  illustrates a plan view of the example prosthetic iris device of  FIG.  77 A  coupled to an example prosthetic capsular device disclosed herein; 
         FIG.  77 D  illustrates a plan view of an example prosthetic iris device coupled to an example prosthetic capsular device disclosed herein; 
         FIG.  77 E  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic iris device; 
         FIG.  77 F  illustrates a posterior plan view of the example prosthetic iris device of  FIG.  77 E ; 
         FIG.  77 G  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic iris device; 
         FIG.  77 H  illustrates a posterior plan view of the example prosthetic iris device of  FIG.  77 G ; and 
         FIG.  77 I  illustrates a plan view of the example prosthetic iris device of  FIG.  77 G  coupled to an example prosthetic capsular device disclosed herein. 
     
    
    
     DETAILED DESCRIPTION 
     Some prosthetic capsular enclosure devices (e.g., prosthetic capsular bags) that can be used in the eye can hold at least one of a technology device (e.g., an electronic technology device (e.g., a wearable electronic technology device (e.g., a miniaturized wearable electronic technology device))) and an intraocular lens. 
     Examples of preferred prosthetic capsular devices that may be compatible with certain implementations described herein are disclosed in PCT Published Patent Application No. WO 2013/126380, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Some preferred prosthetic capsular devices are described herein. 
     With reference to  FIGS.  1 - 3   , a prosthetic capsular device or PPL-C  10  is shown approximating the size, shape, and volume of a natural human lens. The dimensions of the prosthetic capsular device  10  may be variable, so that physicians may order an implant that most closely matches the lens of the eye  12  being operated on. The human lens varies in thickness from about 3.5 millimeters (mm) to about 5.5 mm. A natural lens tends to be thicker in more hyperopic eyes and thinner in more myopic eyes. A natural lens thickens over time, and increased age is associated with a thicker lens on average. The diameter of the human lens is about 9 mm. In some implementations, the prosthetic capsular device  10  comprises a substantially discoid (e.g., a substantially flat, substantially circular disc) and/or spheroid (e.g., prolate spheroid, oblate spheroid) shape having a thickness between about 1.5 mm and about 5.5 mm (e.g., about 2.5 mm) and a diameter between about 8.5 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., about 9 mm). For purposes of clarity, the thickness of the prosthetic capsular device  10  is the distance between the anterior surface  14  and posterior surface  16  of the prosthetic capsular device  10  along the visual axis  15  ( FIG.  2   ), for example in contrast with the thickness of walls of the device  10 . The anterior surface  14  includes an arcuate (e.g., circular, oval) opening  18  having a diameter between about 5 mm and about 7 mm (e.g., about 6 mm), and has an exterior contour, such as, for example, a flange  20  (e.g., having a thickness between about 0.5 mm and about 1.5 mm (e.g., about 1 mm), substantially surrounding (e.g., surrounding) and extending radially outwardly from the opening  18 . The flange  20  can assist in stabilization and/or centration of the prosthetic capsular device  10  by extending into and fitting in the ciliary sulcus  22  ( FIG.  1   ). The flange  20  may lack or be substantially free of perforations, which may increase stability and apposition surface area of the flange  20 . The prosthetic capsular device  10  may be dimensioned to fit precisely in a capsulorhexis created by a femtosecond laser. 
     At least a portion of the inner face or side  17  of the posterior surface or portion  16  of the prosthetic capsular device  10  may comprise a refractive surface, which may, for example, allow a pseudophakic refraction to be performed intraoperatively with a known lens already inside the eye  12 , e.g., the posterior refractive surface  19 . In the implementation shown in  FIGS.  1 - 3   , substantially the entire inner face  17  comprises a low power refractive surface (e.g., about +1 diopter (D)). While the posterior refractive surface  19  is generally discussed herein in terms of a +1 D surface, the posterior refractive surface  19  may comprise any and all lens powers and designs that are currently known in the art of intraocular lenses, including, but not limited to: spherical, aspheric, wavefront, convex, concave, multifocal (diffractive, refractive, zonal), toric, accommodative, ultraviolet (UV) filtering, diffractive chromatic aberration reducing lenses, light adjustable lenses (ultraviolet light adjustable, femtosecond phase wrapping), and optical powers ranging from any positive diopter value (e.g., including +35 D and above) to any negative diopter value (e.g., including −35 D and below). 
     The posterior refractive surface  19  may advantageously reduce the refractive power of the IOL to be placed in the device  10 . For example, if the device did not include a posterior surface (e.g., comprised a simple or modified ring), then one or more IOL devices would provide all of the refractive power, which could increase the volume of the IOL, leading to a larger incision and associated complications. A posterior refractive surface implanted in the eye can advantageously allow for a second refractive device to be coupled with (e.g., placed within, next to, and/or on top of) the posterior refractive surface. The posterior refractive surface  19  can allow the ELP of the eye to be determined along with any residual refractive error. If any further refractive error is discovered, a second refractive device can be added to the posterior refractive surface  19  (e.g., immediately), which can neutralize the deficit and help ensure that the desired outcome is achieved. The posterior refractive surface  19  being integrally formed with the remainder of the device  10 , which can be accurately placed and anchored, can inhibit or prevent shifting of lateral and/or posterior-anterior position, rotation, tilt, etc. of the posterior refractive surface  19  that could lead to degradation of vision. The continuous nature of the device  10  on all sides except for the anterior opening  18  can inhibit, reduce, or prevent ingrowth of lens epithelial cells, and thereby can inhibit or prevent formation of intra-lenticular opacifications. 
     The device  10  comprising a refractive surface  19 , rather than being a through hole of an annulus, for example, can reduce the volume of an IOL inserted therein, which may advantageously reduce incision size. The posterior refractive surface  19  may provide protection for the natural capsular bag  24  during placement of an IOL. For example, the IOL is inhibited or prevented from directly contacting the natural capsular bag  24  because the IOL instead contacts the device  10 . For another example, vitreous is inhibited or prevented from contacting the IOL. Sidewalls of the device  10  that do not include apertures large enough for a portion (e.g., a haptic) of an IOL to prolapse through may provide protection for the natural capsular bag  24  during placement of an IOL, for example because the IOL is inhibited or prevented from directly contacting the natural capsular bag  24 . 
     The prosthetic capsular device  10  is adapted to be implanted in the eye  12 . The prosthetic capsular device  10  preferably comprises a biologically-compatible material that would be inserted inside the eye  12 . The prosthetic capsular device  10  is preferably deformable so as to be folded and inserted via an injection system through a corneal incision ranging between about 0.1 mm and about 10 mm, preferably between about 1.5 mm and about 3 mm. The size of the corneal incision varies based on several factors, including, for example, the volume of the prosthetic capsular device  10 , the plasticity of the prosthetic capsular device  10 , the volume of the injection cartridge through which the prosthetic capsular device  10  will be delivered, frictional forces, combinations thereof, and the like. The capsulorhexis is preferably between about 4 mm and about 7 mm (e.g., about 6 mm), although, if a femtosecond laser is used, the capsulorhexis should be less than the dilated diameter of the patient&#39;s pupil, as a femtosecond laser generally cannot create a capsulotomy through the iris. A capsulorhexis created manually may be about the same size as a capsulorhexis created by a femtosecond laser, as direct visualization of the rhexis boundary is advisable throughout the creation process. The capsulorhexis ranges between about 3 mm and about 8 mm, preferably between about 4 mm and about 7 mm. During implantation, the folded prosthetic capsular device  10  passes through the corneal incision, through the capsulorhexis, and into the patient&#39;s natural capsular bag  24  ( FIG.  1   ). The natural capsular bag  24  may be fully, partially, or not intact, or is missing or a remnant, although it is preferred to place the device  10  in an intact natural capsular bag  24  other than the continuous curvilinear capsulorhexis, devoid of natural lens material, with intact zonules. If the natural capsular bag  24  is not sufficiently intact, alternative techniques may be employed, for example to secure the device  10  to the posterior chamber (e.g., suturing the device  10  to the scleral wall). The prosthetic capsular device  10  preferably possesses sufficient elasticity to resume its pre-folded shape, for example by self-expanding, once positioned inside the eye  12 . Intraocular lenses comprising materials including silicone, polyimide, collamer, and acrylic can have one or more of these capabilities. In some implementations, the prosthetic capsular device  10  comprises a biologically-compatible, optically clear material similar or identical to those used in foldable intraocular lenses. 
     The prosthetic capsular device  10  is preferably inserted in the natural capsular bag  24  of the eye  12  of a patient through the use of an injection system. The injection system can allow the prosthetic capsular device  10  to be folded or automatically folded into a smaller shape as the prosthetic capsular device  10  is advanced through the injection system so as to allow the prosthetic capsular device  10  to fit through an incision much smaller than the diameter of the unfolded prosthetic capsular device  10 . Injection systems through which IOLs are injected into the eye, for example comprising a cylindrical cartridge and an advancement rod on a screw type advancement system or plunger advancement system, would be suitable for use with the prosthetic capsular device  10 . Other injection systems are also possible. 
     The prosthetic capsular device  10  is preferably inserted in a natural capsular bag  24  of the eye  12  of a patient who has had cataract surgery with the use of a laser (e.g., a femtosecond laser) to create a capsulorhexis, although insertion into natural capsular bag  24  after manual creation of the capsulorhexis is also possible. A femtosecond laser may be used to create the capsulorhexis, for example after the same femtosecond laser or a different femtosecond laser or a different device was used to make the other incisions including the main wound, the paracentesis, and any corneal or limbal relaxing incisions. The patient&#39;s natural lens, for example clouded by a cataract such that it may be itself termed a “cataract,” may be removed using techniques known in the art. For example, the natural lens material may be broken up and vacuumed out, leaving the natural capsular bag  24  partially, fully, or not intact, or being missing or a remnant. The residual cortex may be removed using techniques known in the art such as via irrigation/aspiration. An aphakic refraction may be completed using an intraocular refracting device such as, for example, the ORA System, available from Alcon Surgical, Ft. Worth, Tex. (formerly WaveTec of Aliso Viejo, Calif., or the Holos IntraOp system available from Clarity Medical Systems, Inc. of Pleasanton, Calif. An IOL calculation may be performed using an algorithm such as, for example, the Mackool algorithm. The patient&#39;s natural capsular bag  24  and anterior segment  26  may be inflated with a viscoelastic material, such as sodium hyaluronate (e.g., Provisc, Healon, Viscoat). The prosthetic capsular device  10  may be loaded into an injection device, for example by being folded into a small tubular shape, and injected into the natural capsular bag  24 . The viscoelastic material may be removed from behind the prosthetic capsular device  10  and from the anterior segment  26 . A pseudophakic refraction may be performed with a system similar to a standard auto-refractor or the intraoperative refracting system. This calculation is preferably performed using approved protocols. An intraoperative Optical Coherence Tomography system, such as the Zeiss OMPI Lumera 700 with ReScan 700, could be used to measure the exact position of the prosthetic capsular device  10  in the eye  12 , relative to the cornea and the retina. Along with pre-operative measurements of the cornea and axial length, the position of prosthetic capsular device  10  as determined by the OCT measurement could allow the surgeon to determine the power of a lens that would provide the desired refraction using a vergence formula. 
     An example refraction using an approved protocol, and accompanying background information, is discussed herein. Current state of the art requires multiple independent variables to be measured so that the dependent variable of effective lens position can be estimated. The seven independent variables in the Holladay 2 formula (one of the most popular modern formulas) are, in decreasing order of importance: (1) axial length, (2) average keratometric power, (3) horizontal white to white, (4) refraction, (5) anterior segment depth, (6) lens thickness, and (7) age. These variables are then used to estimate the Effective Lens Position. However, this position is simply an estimation or prediction. If the estimation or prediction of the positon is incorrect, the post-operative refractive outcome will be compromised. Therefore, emphasis should be placed on the ability to determine the ELP rather than estimating the ELP. The prosthetic capsular device  10  can help determine the ELP in one, two, or more different ways, as described herein. 
       FIG.  4 A  is a flow chart of an example method for inserting and positioning a prosthetic capsular device  10  into a patient&#39;s eye  12 , with continued reference to  FIGS.  1 - 3   . First, the lens thickness of a patient&#39;s natural lens is determined preoperatively using known techniques. Next, a prosthetic capsular device  10  having a thickness similar to the thickness of the patient&#39;s natural lens is selected. Selection of a prosthetic capsular device  10  sized such that the inner face  17  of the prosthetic capsular device  10  is at the same location as the posterior surface of the patient&#39;s natural lens is preferred such that, when an IOL  28  is inserted in the prosthetic capsular device  10 , that IOL  28  will be positioned in substantially the identical location previously occupied by the patient&#39;s natural lens. Although the natural capsular bag  24  remains open, a combination of very thin lenses may be used such that lenses may be positioned slightly differently than the natural lens as measured from cornea to lens surface or back surface to retina. The prosthetic lens of ideal power can be appropriately identified and inserted in the eye  12  to provide the desired refractive endpoint. 
     A femtosecond laser and/or manual keratome may be used to form the main wound, the paracentesis, any corneal or limbal relaxing incisions. The femtosecond laser and/or manual technique may be used to create the capsulorhexis. The patient&#39;s natural lens or cataract is then removed using techniques known in the art. The residual cortex is removed using techniques known in the art, such as via irrigation/aspiration. Then, the patient&#39;s natural capsular bag  24  and anterior segment  26  are filled with viscoelastic material, and the prosthetic capsular device  10  is inserted into the natural capsular bag  24 . The viscoelastic material is then removed from behind the prosthetic capsular device  10  and from the anterior segment  26  in preparation for performing a pseudophakic refraction. 
     By being able to identify and control the position of the IOL  28 , choosing an IOL  28  may be independent of the seven variables used for ELP in the Holladay 2 formula. Rather, via theoretical vergence formulas, the exact IOL  28  that can provide a desired refractive outcome can be specifically calculated using keratometric power, effective lens position, and axial length. The weakness of the formulas currently used is the inability to accurately estimate or predict ELP. To confirm that the pre-operative theoretical calculation is correct, a refraction may be performed in the operating room once the prosthetic capsular device  10  is implanted in the patient&#39;s eye via an intraoperative refracting system, retinoscopy, or by other known methods. The refraction will technically be a pseudophakic refraction, as the posterior refractive surface  19  of the prosthetic capsular device  10  has a refractive power, such as, for example, +1 diopter. 
     A method to determine the correct intraocular power for a piggyback lens may be calculated by first determining the power of the IOL  28  to be implanted using Equation 1: 
                   IOLe   =       1336       1336       1000       1000   PreRx     -   V       +   Ko       -   ELPo       -     1336       1336       1000       1000   DPostRx     -   V       +   Ko       -   ELPo                 (     Eq   .           ⁢   1     )               
wherein: IOLe=IOL power; ELPo=effective lens position; Ko=net corneal power; V=vertex distance; PreRx=pre-op refraction (also can represent the intra-operative refraction after the prosthetic capsular device has been placed); and DPostRx=desired post-operative refraction.
 
     The Effective Lens Position (ELP or ELPo) is the distance from the secondary principal plane of the cornea to the principal plane of the thin-IOL equivalent. The keratometric power of the cornea (Kk) can be converted to the net optical power of the cornea (Ko) using Equation 2: 
                   Ko   =     Kk   ×   0.98765431             (     Eq   .           ⁢   2     )               
For example, if the Kk is 44.50 D, Ko=44.50 D×0.98765431=43.95 D. The net optical power of the cornea would then be 43.95 D.
 
     By comparing the pre-operative theoretical IOL calculations with the aphakic refraction, the prosthetic capsular device refraction, and the post-IOL implantation refraction, surgeons can greatly improve the accuracy of their post-operative refractive outcomes. 
     Still referring to  FIG.  4 A , once the appropriate IOL  28  is selected, the prosthetic capsular device  10  and anterior segment  26  are refilled with viscoelastic material and, based on the residual refractive error, the appropriate IOL  28  is selected and inserted into the prosthetic capsular device  10 . The viscoelastic material is then removed from the eye  12 , and the wounds are closed through standard methods such as hydration, suturing, etc. A final confirmatory refraction may be completed while ensuring normal intraocular pressure, which can affect the position of the prosthetic capsular device  10  and IOL  28  inside the eye  12 . If significant error was found at this point, the surgeon may remove the implanted IOL and replace the implanted IOL with a more desirable IOL (e.g., having a more desirable refractive power), substantially without risking damage to the fragile natural capsular bag  24 , due to the protective nature of having the IOL  28  contained in the prosthetic capsular device  10 . The ability provided by the natural capsular device  10  to remove and insert IOLs is described further herein. 
     The device  10  may be used as a stand-alone intraocular lens for the primary correction of aphakia. A device  10  including a particular lens may be chosen based on pre-operative measurements and/or theoretical formulae. Intraoperative aberommetry could also be used in the aphakic mode to help aid in the selection of the device  10  including its lens or posterior refractive surface  19 . While this technique and implementation does not necessarily take advantage of the improvement of ELP prediction and identification, use the device  10  as a stand alone intraocular lens, with the ability to contain other technology of various types for implantation in the future, is a reasonable solution. 
     The following method or surgical procedure for implanting a prosthetic capsular device as described herein has been successfully used in animal studies using three New Zealand white rabbits of same sex and weighing between 2.4 kg and 3.2 kg and in animal studies using five New Zealand white rabbits of same sex and weighing between 3.2 kg and 3.6 kg. The animals were quarantined for at least seven days and grossly checked for the presence of any anomalies prior to the beginning of the procedure. Each animal was prepared for surgery by pupil dilation with 1% cyclopentolate hydrochloride and 2.5% phenylephrine drops, applied topically three times each spaced by a duration of five minutes. Anesthesia was obtained with an intramuscular injection of ketamine hydrochloride (50 mg/kg) and xylazine (7 mg/Kg) in a mixture of 7:1, respectively. One drop of topical proparacaine hydrochloride anesthetic was also placed in each eye prior to beginning surgery. Eye movement and animal respiration were monitored intraoperatively to ensure that adequate levels of anesthesia were maintained. Supplemental anesthetics were given intramuscularly as needed during the operation. The area around the eye was draped in an aseptic manner. A lid speculum was placed to retract the lids. One drop of povidone-iodine (PVP-I) 5% and a drop of antibiotic was placed on the surface of the eye just before beginning surgery. Using aseptic technique and a Zeiss surgical microscope, a fornix-based conjunctival flap was fashioned. A corneal-scleral incision was made using a crescent blade, and an initial 3.0 mm limbal incision was made using a 3.0 mm keratome to enter the anterior chamber. Capsulorhexis forceps were used to create a well centered continuous curvilinear capsulotomy (CCC), with a diameter between about 5.0 mm and about 5.5 mm. 
     After hydrodissection, a phacoemulsification handpiece (Alcon Infiniti system) was inserted into the posterior chamber for removal of lens nucleus and cortical material. One milliliter (mL) of epinephrine 1:1000 and 0.5 mL of heparin (10,000 USP units/mL) were added to each 500 mL of irrigation solution to facilitate pupil dilation and control inflammation. The endocapsular technique was used with the phacoemulsification to take place entirely within the natural capsular bag. The residual cortex was then removed with the an irrigation/aspiration (I/A) handpiece. After removal of the natural lens, an ophthalmic viscosurgical device (OVD) (Amvisc Plus, Bausch &amp; Lomb) was used to inflate the natural capsular bag. 
     As shown in  FIGS.  4 B- 4 D , the prosthetic capsular device was then injected by using an appropriate injector system (“A” cartridge and Monarch II injector from Alcon Laboratories; Accuject 2.2-1P injector set from Medicel), after the surgeon slightly increased the incision size. Loading of the prosthetic capsular device into the injectors was found to be uneventful. If the prosthetic capsular device was injected partially out of the natural capsular bag (e.g., due to fibrin formation, papillary restriction, injector limitation, etc.), the prosthetic capsular device was able to be manipulated with a collar button hook to complete in-the-bag fixation. Careful control of the injector may inhibit or prevent rapid or uncontrolled release of the prosthetic capsular device from the injector. Even when the plunger of an injector overrode the prosthetic capsular device inside the plunger, injection in the natural capsular bag was possible. 
     As shown in  FIGS.  4 E- 4 G , this was followed by insertion of IOLs (AcrySof SN60AT, a single-piece hydrophobic acrylic IOL manufactured by Alcon) using the Monarch II injector and “C” cartridges. The AcrySof lens was fully fixated within the prosthetic capsular device in all instances, uneventfully. The device and IOL were carefully inspected under high magnification for any possible damage that might have occurred during the loading/implantation process. Centration of the prosthetic capsular device and of the IOL inside of the prosthetic capsular device was found to be excellent in all cases. In three eyes, the natural capsular bag containing the prosthetic capsular device and the AcrySof lens was slightly oval. 
     Combination antibiotics/steroid ointment (neomycin and polymyxin B sulfates, and dexamethasone) was applied to the eyes following surgery. The same ointment was placed in the eyes four times per day for the first postoperative week. Ointment was discontinued after one week. In the second postoperative week, each animal received topical prednisolone acetate drops four times per day. In the third postoperative week, each animal received topical prednisolone acetate drops two times per day, with discontinuation of the drops following the third postoperative week. 
     The eyes were evaluated grossly at day one, and by slit lamp examination with scoring for ocular inflammatory response at one, two, three, and four weeks postoperatively (±2 days) and photographs were taken (see below). At each of these examinations, the rabbit eyes were dilated using a combination of cyclopentolate hydrochloride solution and phenylephrine. A standard scoring method in eleven specific categories was used at each examination, including assessment of corneal edema, as well as the presence of cell and flare within the anterior chamber. Retro-illumination images with the pupil fully dilated were obtained for the purpose of photographic documentation regarding CCC size, anterior capsule opacification (ACO), posterior capsule opacification (PCO), and any observed capsular fibrosis at the discretion of the study directors. The images are provided and discussed in further detail herein. 
     After the clinical examination at four weeks, the animals were anesthetized using a 1 to 2 cm 3  (cc) intramuscular injection of a 7:1 mixture of ketamine hydrochloride and xylazine, and then humanely euthanized with a 1 mL intravenous injection of pentobarbital sodium/phenytoin sodium. The globes were enucleated and placed in 10% neutral buffered formalin. The globes were then bisected coronally just anterior to the equator. Gross examination and photographs from the posterior aspect (Miyake-Apple view) were performed to assess the ACO and PCO development, as well as IOL fixation. The extent and severity of ACO and PCO were scored according to established methods. 
     After gross examination and photographs, all globes were sectioned and the anterior segments including the capsular bags were processed for standard light microscopy and stained with hematoxylin and eosin (H &amp; E). Features such as cell type, extent and route of growth, etc. were documented by serial photomicrographs. 
       FIGS.  4 H- 4 J  illustrate another example prosthetic capsular device  400 , in which  FIG.  4 H  is a side view,  FIG.  4 I  is an anterior plan view, and  FIG.  4 J  is a cross-sectional view of along the line  4 J- 4 J of  FIG.  4 I . The device  400  is illustrative of the prosthetic capsular devices used in the animal studies described herein, with certain modifications where indicated. 
     The device  400  comprises a posterior side  402  and an anterior side  404 . The posterior side  402  has a diameter  408  between about 5 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., about 9.5 mm). The anterior side  404  has a diameter  410  between about 5 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., about 9 mm). The diameter  410  of the anterior side  404  may be between about 0.25 mm and about 1 mm (e.g., about 0.5 mm) less than the diameter  408  of the posterior side. The device  400  comprises a generally cylindrical portion having the diameter  408  from the posterior side  402  to the flange  406 , a tapered portion tapering from the diameter  408  to the diameter  410  anterior to the flange  406 , and another generally cylindrical portion having the diameter  410  from the tapered portion to the anterior side  404 . The tapered portion may be straight, arcuate, and/or combinations thereof. 
     The posterior side  402  has a generally flat end shape and a rounded refractive portion  414  inwardly set back from the end of the posterior side  402 , as best seen in  FIG.  4 J . The refractive portion  414  provides a refractive property to the device  400 . The refractive portion  414  has a diameter  424  between about 4 mm and about 9 mm (e.g., about 5.9 mm). The illustrated refractive portion  414  has a refractive power of 5 D with a radius of curvature  426  of about 19.32 mm) although other refractive powers (e.g., 0 D, &lt;0 D, &gt;0 D, ±35 D, etc.) and radii of curvature (e.g., at least partially depending on one or more of refractive power, the diameter  424 , material, etc.) are also possible. 
     The anterior side  404  comprises an opening  410 , which allows the insertion of an IOL as discussed herein. The opening  410  may have a diameter  418  between about 5 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., about 9 mm). The sidewalls of the device  400  optionally do not extend radially inwardly such that the opening  410  may have a large or maximum diameter (e.g., based on the diameter of the inner surface of the sidewalls of the device  400 ). A larger opening  410  may aid insertion of the IOL and/or reduce volume and/or mass, which can aid insertion into small incisions (e.g., by being easier to compress into and/or advance through an injection device). A smaller opening  410  may aid in containment of an IOL (e.g., better defining the interior volume of the device  400  and/or inhibiting anterior drift on an inserted IOL). The anterior side  404  and/or the posterior side  402  may comprise a lip or ridge  432  on a radial exterior. 
     The distance  430  between the flange  406  and the refractive portion  414  may be between about 0.5 mm and about 2 mm (e.g., about 1 mm). The distance  420  between the anterior end  404  and the refractive portion  414  may be between about 1 mm and about 5 mm (e.g., about 2.5 mm). As described herein, in devices comprising a flange, the flange may be anywhere along the longitudinal axis of the device. 
     The device  400  comprises sidewalls between the posterior end  402  and the anterior end  404 . The sidewalls may have a radial thickness  422  between about 0.1 mm and about 0.5 mm (e.g., about 0.26 mm). The sidewalls optionally extend posterior to the refractive portion  414  and/or anterior to or substantially longitudinally even with the opening  412 . The sidewalls may extend towards the anterior side  404  and/or the posterior side  402  to form a lip or ridge  432 . 
     The device  400  illustrated in  FIGS.  4 H- 4 J  includes a flange or ring  406  having an anterior-posterior thickness  428  of about 0.3 mm and a radial thickness ((diameter  416 —diameter  408 )/2) of about 0.25 mm, but the flange  406  was removed from the devices used in the animal studies such that the outer diameter of the devices was the diameter  408 . If the flange  406  is not removed, other thicknesses are also possible. For example, a flange  406  having thicker dimensions may be less prone to tearing upon loading in a delivery syringe and/or insertion in an eye. 
     The prosthetic capsular device  10  can enhance the ability to achieve desired refractive targets, with a side benefit of increased safety. The prosthetic capsular devices (e.g., the prosthetic capsular device  10  and/or variants thereof) described herein can provide one or more of these advantages in one or more of several ways. Although various numbered potential advantages are listed, each advantage may include sub-advantages or alternative advantages, and not all devices  10  need to accomplish every enumerator or otherwise described potential advantage. 
     First, with reference again the  FIGS.  1 - 3   , the prosthetic capsular device  10  can provide centration of the IOL  28  along the visual axis  15 . A femtosecond cataract laser system has the ability to center the capsulorhexis around the visual axis  15  of the patient rather than the optical center of the cataract. The capsulorhexis is ultimately what will center the prosthetic capsular device  10  as the capsulorhexis is the opening through which the prosthetic capsular device  10  will be inserted. The capsulorhexis is juxtaposed at the center of the prosthetic capsular device  10 , centering the prosthetic capsular device  10 . The prosthetic capsular device  10  may optionally be stabilized via the flange  20  extending into and fitting in the ciliary sulcus  22 . The flange  20  can mechanically retain the prosthetic capsular device  10  centered on the patient&#39;s visual axis  15  and inhibit or prevent future movement or migration of the prosthetic capsular device  10 , although centering and inhibited movement are also possible without a flange  20 . 
     Centration of the IOL  28  on the visual axis  15  can be important to the visual function of the IOL  28  and the benefit the patient receives. Aspheric lenses have made decentration more tolerable, however improved centration can be advantageous to the increase or optimize visual performance of multifocal intraocular lenses. Decentration by less than 1 mm can cause significant morbidity, so much so that surgical intervention including laser pupiloplasty, IOL repositioning, and IOL exchange are often performed. The prosthetic capsular device  10  is centered along the visual axis  15  via the capsulorhexis. An IOL  28  commonly includes haptics  30  which can engage opposed interior surfaces in the prosthetic capsular device  10  to maintain the centered position of the IOL  28 . The outer diameter of the IOL  28 , when unfolded and including the haptics  30 , may be substantially equal to or less than the inner diameter of the prosthetic capsular device  10 . The IOL  28  can be centered by being in physical contact with the peripheral internal surface of the prosthetic capsular device  10  that is centered in the visual axis  15 , which maintains the centered position of the IOL  28  in the prosthetic capsular device  10  and also in the visual axis  15 . 
     Second, the prosthetic capsular device  10  can provide a prosthetic barrier between the anterior segment  26  and posterior segment  32  of the eye  12  in the case of inadvertent rupture of the posterior surface of the natural capsular bag  24 , or after planned neodymium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet (Nd:YAG) laser posterior capsulotomy. Despite the overall success of cataract surgery, there is still about 2% surgical complication rate utilizing modern techniques, although this varies among individual surgeons. Residents in ophthalmology training programs have historically had complication rates around 4-7%. Most complications from cataract surgery are caused by inadvertent rupture of the natural capsular bag  24 , which houses the cataract. The natural capsular bag  24  also provides an important anatomical barrier within the eye  12  by dividing the anterior segment  26  from the posterior segment  32 . The posterior segment  32  contains the vitreous body, retina, optic nerve, and the central retinal artery and vein. A violation of the integrity of the barrier provided by the natural capsular bag  24  allows fluid communication between the anterior segment  26  and the posterior segments  32 , and potentially the ocular surface. Vitreous may flow out of the posterior segment  32  according to pressure gradients, flowing from high pressure (e.g., in the posterior segment  32 ) toward low pressure (e.g., the anterior segment  26 ). A pressure gradient can cause vitreous to flow directly to the surgical incision site in the lower pressure anterior segment  26 . Vitreous can inhibit or prevent wound healing if present at the surgical incision site, and more significantly can provide a conduit for microbial infections to proceed directly to the posterior segment  32 . In addition to the problems caused by vitreous, a break or tear in the natural capsular bag  24  can inhibit or prevent the stable implantation of an IOL  28  in the posterior segment  32 . Surgeons can place an IOL  28  in the ciliary sulcus  22  or the anterior chamber, although each of these alternatives has their own potential complications associated with them. The natural capsular bag  24  is desirably maintained intact, as there are currently no methods to consistently reestablish the integrity of the natural capsular bag  24  once it has been compromised. Should the natural capsular bag  24  be compromised, the prosthetic capsular device  10  may serve as a prosthetic barrier between the anterior segment  26  and posterior segment  32 . 
     About 30% of all implanted intraocular lenses develop visually significant posterior capsular opacification. If this develops, a Nd:YAG laser may be used to create an opening in the posterior surface of the natural capsular bag  24  to remove this opaque membrane. If the IOL  28  is to be removed after a Nd:YAG laser posterior capsulotomy has been performed, the chances for serious complications rise dramatically because the barrier between the vitreous and the anterior segment  26  has been lost due to the Nd:YAG-created opening in the posterior surface of the natural capsular bag  24 . If a prosthetic capsular device  10  is placed in the natural capsular bag  24  and Nd:YAG laser posterior capsulotomy has been performed, the prosthetic capsular device  10  can provide an adequate barrier for the vitreous, inhibiting or preventing vitreous from flowing out of the posterior segment  32 . The haptics  30 , which hold the IOL  28  in place inside the prosthetic capsular device  10 , are not prone to scar formation or fibrosis because they contact the prosthetic capsular device  10  rather than the natural capsular bag  24 , which can make future lens removal easier and decrease the risk for complications during IOL  28  exchange. The prosthetic capsular device  10  can provide a platform for routine IOL  28  exchange, as described further herein. 
     Third, the prosthetic capsular device  10  can limit chronic capsular opacification that takes place in the natural capsular bag  24  and that can cause refractive shifts due to ELP change, anterior capsular phimosis, and visually significant posterior capsular opacification. After cataract surgery has been performed, the natural capsular bag  24  undergoes chronic changes. These changes are largely due to the presence of lens epithelial cells that remain on the natural capsular bag  24  after surgery. These epithelial cells continue to grow and can cause problems. For example, the anterior surface of the natural capsular bag  24  can fibrose and contract over time, causing a progressively smaller aperture overtop of the lens. If the entire natural capsular bag  24  becomes fibrotic, and phimosis persists, there can be zonular dehiscence and changes to the effective lens position over time. About 30% of the time, the posterior surface of the natural capsular bag  24  becomes significantly opacified, which may be remedied by a Nd:YAG laser posterior capsulotomy. The effect of limiting epithelial cell migration and propagation can be mediated by the type of material that the prosthetic capsular device  10  comprises (e.g., hydrophobic acrylic materials, which tend to be most efficacious of all currently known and used IOL materials). 
     Fourth, the prosthetic capsular device  10  can help maintain the effective lens position of an IOL  28  implanted into the eye  12 . Precisely matching the preoperative dimensions of the cataract with the prosthetic capsular device  10  can enhance the ability to predict the ELP of the lens implant  28 . Currently, the ELP of an IOL  28  is estimated or predicted based on a number of factors, including the depth of the anterior segment  26 , lens thickness, and white to white diameter, among others. The accuracy of the prediction is actually quite low, resulting in only 50% of patients being within a tolerable level of their refractive goal post-cataract surgery. While other dimensions of the eye required for standard IOL calculation can be measured quite precisely and accurately, the ELP has remained the elusive last great variable to conquer in the quest for highly accurate and predictable IOL calculations for cataract surgery. 
     The reason for the great variability in the ELP is due to the volumetric difference between the cataract and the IOL  28 . The average thickness of the human cataract at age 65 is approximately 4.5 mm, but varies from patient to patient. In contrast, an IOL  28  is typically less than 1 mm thick and/or produces no or substantially no anterior-posterior (Z-axis) stabilization inside the natural capsular bag. The thickness of the IOL generally does not match the thickness of the cataract due to deliverability issues, as thicker IOLs generally use a larger incision. The resulting volumetric difference allows for pressure differentials between the posterior segment  32  and the anterior segment  26 , as well as contraction of the natural capsular bag  24 , which can shift the final resting position of the IOL  28 . The lens thickness may be measured preoperatively and a prosthetic capsular device  10  with a corresponding volume and thickness may be implanted. By implanting a prosthetic capsular device  10 , the volume of the natural capsular bag  24  may effectively be held constant and/or in accordance with the cataract. The natural capsular bag  24 , buttressed by the prosthetic capsular device  10 , can resist forces that would otherwise shift the natural capsular bag  24  and its contents anteriorly or posteriorly. This stability of lens capsule volume and/or Z-axis stabilization of the lens inside the prosthetic capsular bag and the natural capsular bag can increase or significantly increase the accuracy of IOL calculations. 
     Fifth, the prosthetic capsular device  10  can allow for an intraoperative pseudophakic refraction while still allowing another IOL to be implanted without explanting an originally implanted lens. Recently, there have been advances in IOL calculation methodologies that use intraoperative refraction devices, such as the WaveTec ORA System, the WaveTec Orange System, the HOLOS IntraOp from Clarity Medical Systems, Inc., etc., to provide better refractive outcomes. These devices can perform aphakic refractions, pseudophakic refractions, and assist with the alignment of toric IOLs  28  and assist with Limbal Relaxing Incisions. Aphakic refractions do not have the benefit of a lens inside the eye, so ELP is still a variable for which this data cannot account. Pseudophakic refractions can be helpful, but provide the information only after the IOL  28  has been implanted. If the data shows that a different IOL  28  would be more beneficial, the physician would explant the less beneficial IOL  28  and implant a more beneficial IOL  28 . Explanting an IOL  28  takes time, effort, and skill, and can cause damage to the natural capsular bag  24 , zonules, cornea, and/or other structures within the eye  12 . Using a prosthetic capsular device  10  with a low power lens incorporated into its posterior surface (e.g., the posterior refractive surface  19 ) can allow a physician to perform a pseudophakic refraction with this refractive surface, and still provides the physician the ability to implant a second lens (e.g., the IOL  28 ) within the prosthetic capsular device  10  that will make up the refractive difference as measured by an intraoperative refraction device, such as the WaveTec ORA System and Clarity HOLOS. 
     Stabilization of the natural capsular bag  24  by insertion of the prosthetic capsular device  10  can be leveraged to perform an intraoperative optical coherence tomography (OCT) measurement and/or A or B scan ultrasound, for example using commercially available systems such as the Zeiss RESIGHT OCT and/or any of a multitude of ophthalmic AB scan ultrasound systems. Once the prosthetic capsular device  10  is inserted into the natural capsular bag  24 , the anterior and posterior capsule can be stented open into a stable configuration, which should be unlikely to significantly change post operatively. By knowing the corneal power, the distance from the cornea to the refractive surface of the prosthetic capsular device  10 , and the distance from the refractive surface of the prosthetic capsular device  10  to the surface of the retina, the ELP can be determined. By knowing the ELP, the power of the cornea, the refractive power built in to the posterior aspect of the prosthetic capsular device  10 , and the axial length of the eye  12  (e.g., from the surface of the corneal epithelium to the internal limiting membrane (ILM) (ultrasonic technique), the retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) layer (laser interferometry technique), from cornea to retina), an appropriate second lens (e.g., of an IOL) can be selected and implanted into the open space in the prosthetic capsular device  10  to provide the desired refractive outcome. 
     Sixth, the prosthetic capsular device  10  may serve as a means for pharmaceutical delivery. Pharmaceuticals, drugs, and medications, such as, for example, slow release fully or partially dissolvable medicine pellets, non-dissolvable prostheses coated with slow release pharmaceutical agents, and/or other substances intended for introduction into the eye  12  may be placed in and/or on prosthetic capsular device  10  outside of the visual axis  15  in a location that is not subject to sequestration by membrane formation. There is a tremendous amount of research and demand for a slow release implant that would essentially eliminate the need for post-cataract surgery eye drops. The prosthetic capsular device  10  would be a suitable receptacle for such an implant, as the periphery of the interior of the prosthetic capsular device  10  provides a location outside of the visual axis  15 , in constant contact with the aqueous humor, substantially without risk of becoming encapsulated by scarring. Due to the prosthetic material of the prosthetic capsular device  10 , there would be little to no risk of membrane formation or encapsulation. Dissolved or suspended pharmaceuticals would not affect the patient&#39;s vision and could be introduced directly into the prosthetic capsular device  10  during the implantation surgery. Larger pharmaceuticals, such as slow release medicine pellets, may be shaped to mechanically maintain their position with respect to the prosthetic capsular device  10 . For example, a slow release medicine pellet may be constructed with a generally toroidal shape sized to fit within the prosthetic capsular device  10 , while remaining in the peripheral space and not obstructing the visual axis  15 . Alternatively, slow release pharmaceutical agents may be placed inside a carrier that is mechanically configured to fit inside the prosthetic capsular device in order to ensure the agent remains in place and/or do not migrate into the visual axis and/or outside of the prosthetic device even after substantial dissolution. 
     Seventh, the prosthetic capsular device  10  may provide physicians with the ability to perform a lens exchange in the future that can reduce or minimize the risk of damage to the natural capsular bag  24  and zonular apparatus, which ultimately can substantially reduce or minimize the risk of serious vision threatening sequlae such as macular edema, macular hole, retinal tear, retinal detachment, proliferative vitreoretinopathy, and/or loss of capsular support leading to less favorable lens implantation techniques (e.g., a sutured or glued IOL  28 , an anterior chamber IOL  28 , a posterior chamber IOL  28 , etc.). As stated above, if a prosthetic capsular device  10  is placed in the natural capsular bag  24  and a Nd:YAG laser posterior capsulotomy has been performed, the prosthetic capsular device  10  provides an adequate barrier for the vitreous. The haptics  30  which hold the IOL  28  in place inside the prosthetic capsular device  10  are not prone to scar formation, making future removal and/or exchange of the IOL  28  easier. 
       FIGS.  5 - 7    depict another example prosthetic capsular device  110 . The prosthetic capsular device  110  is a substantially discoid shape having a thickness between about 2.5 mm and about 4.5 mm and a diameter of about 9 mm, although other dimensions, for example as described herein with respect to the prosthetic capsular device  10 ,  400 , are also possible. The thickness of the prosthetic capsular device  110  is the distance between the anterior surface  114  and posterior surface  116  of the prosthetic capsular device  110  along the visual axis  15 . The anterior surface  114  contains a circular opening  118  having a diameter of about 6 mm. At least a portion of the inner face  117  of the posterior surface  116  of the prosthetic capsular device  110  comprises a refractive surface, e.g., the posterior refractive surface  119 . The prosthetic capsular device  110  lacks or is free of a flange  20  (as in the prosthetic capsular device  10 ) that could mechanically fixate or center the prosthetic capsular device  110  on the capsulorhexis. The volume of the prosthetic capsular device  110  relative to the opening of the capsulorhexis may keep the device in place similar to the manner in which current single piece IOLs  28  are folded and placed within the natural capsular bag  24 . 
     The prosthetic capsular device  110  may sacrifice a measure of stability as compared to the prosthetic capsular device  10  comprising a flange  20 . Without a flange, the prosthetic capsular device  110  may be usable for non-femtosecond laser cataract removal (e.g., traditional manual phacoemulsification), and may be particularly useful for surgeons who lack access to a femtosecond laser. 
     The lenticular surface on the posterior aspect of a prosthetic capsular device may have a plano powered lens. Some extreme myopes would not benefit from a +1 D refractive surface, as they may benefit from a negative IOL  28  power. For patients with these conditions, a prosthetic capsular device may be used with a plano or zero power posterior lenticular surface. 
     The prosthetic capsular device may have a negative posterior refractive lenticular surface (e.g., −1 D, −2 D, −3 D, −4 D, −5 D, −6 D, −7 D, −8 D, −9 D, −10 D, or more), as some extreme axial myopes (about 30 mm and beyond) may benefit from this type of lens. 
     The posterior refractive surface of a prosthetic capsular device may comprise a multifocal lenticular surface, which could aid in presbyopia correction. This multifocal lenticular surface may include, but is not limited to, refractive, diffractive, and zonal multifocal refractive technology. A multifocal lens may be designed to provide multiple focal points generally ranging from plano (e.g., 0 D) to +3 D or greater at the spectacle plane. 
     The posterior refractive surface of a prosthetic capsular device may include a spherical, aspheric, and/or cylindrical (astigmatic) lenticular surface so as to aid in the correction of pre-existing and surgically induced corneal astigmatism. As most surgeons induce between −0.25 D and −0.50 D of astigmatism with their corneal incisions required for cataract surgery, it would be beneficial even for most patients with spherical corneas to have this neutralized. The diopteric power of the toric correction could increase up to 6 diopters for patients with even higher amounts of astigmatism. 
     In some implementations described herein (e.g., the prosthetic capsular device  110  shown in  FIG.  6   , the prosthetic capsular device  400  with the flange  406  removed or never formed), the prosthetic capsular device (e.g., bag, bowl, housing, structure, cage, frame) does not include or is free of a flange. Certain such implementations may include, around a perimeter of the prosthetic capsular device  210 , an outer rim comprising tabs or haptics  205 . The rim may be continuous, and tabs  205  that are in contact may be considered continuous. Tabs  205  that are continuous may provide better apposition with the natural capsular bag and/or be more form fitting than a device in which the tabs  205  are not continuous. The tabs  205  may position (e.g., center) the device  210  in a desired position. Some or all of the tabs  205  may include an opening or hole  220 , for example in the approximate center of the tab  205 . An example prosthetic capsular device  210  comprising a continuous outer rim comprising tabs  205  each including an opening or hole  220  is illustrated in  FIG.  8   . The rim, tabs  205 , and/or openings  220  can assist the prosthetic capsular device  210  to fit inside natural capsular bags of many sizes and shapes. The prosthetic capsular device  210  preferably allows for some fibrosis through the openings  220 , which can stabilize the capsule  210  in the event of a Nd:YAG laser posterior capsulotomy. The tabs  205  can comprise, for example, silicone, silicone derivatives, acrylic, acrylic derivatives, biocompatible methacrylates (e.g., poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA)), collamer, olefins (e.g., polypropylene), polyimide, combinations thereof, and the like. The tabs  205  may comprise the same material as (e.g., be integrally formed with) the remainder of the device  210  or may comprise a different material than the remainder of the device  210  (e.g., being overmolded over the remainder of the device  210 ). The device  210 , like other prosthetic capsular devices described herein, may comprise a plurality of pieces and/or materials, which may advantageously allow selection or use of a material suitable for the function of that component, as opposed to selection or use of a material having compromising suitability for several functions. If the remainder of the device  210  comprises opaque material, the tabs  205  may comprise opaque and/or transparent material, for example because the opaque material of the remainder of the device  210  can reduce or minimize intraocular scattering and/or glare such that light may not reach the tabs  205 . The prosthetic capsular device  210  can include an internal lip  230 . The internal lip  230  can run partially, intermittently, or completely around the inside of the prosthetic capsular device  210 . The lip  230  may be designed to hold the haptics of an IOL stable, inhibiting or preventing the lens from rotating or shimmering during eye movements. 
     In some implementations, the prosthetic capsular device intentionally moves away from natural form fitting conformation of the posterior aspect of the device. This can allow for the posterior aspect of the prosthetic capsular device to have a larger diameter (e.g., the largest diameter possible for the physiology), potentially allowing for implants with a wider diameter to be implanted, and to have a more stabilizing effect on the lens that the device will be holding. 
     In some implementations, the prosthetic capsular device  210  comprises at least one of the following: external form-fitting elements (e.g., the tabs  205  shown in  FIG.  8   ); openings in the external form-fitting elements through which fibrosis can take place, thereby allowing stabilization of the positioning of the device (e.g., the openings  220  in the tabs  205  shown in  FIG.  8   ); and an internal lip/sulcus configured to secure the haptics of a standard IOL (e.g., the lip  230  shown in  FIG.  8   ). 
       FIGS.  9 A- 9 D  illustrate another example prosthetic capsular device  900 , in which  FIG.  9 A  is a side view,  FIG.  9 B  is a side cross-sectional view,  FIG.  9 C  is a posterior plan view, and  FIG.  9 D  is an anterior side perspective view. The prosthetic capsular device (e.g., bag, bowl, housing, structure, cage, frame)  900  does not include or is free of a flange, although combination with a flange (e.g., the flange  20 ) is also possible. The device  900  comprises a posterior side  902  and an anterior side  904 . The posterior side  902  has a generally rounded shape. As shown in  FIG.  9 B , the posterior side  902  comprises a refractive portion, which provides a refractive property to the device  900 . 
     As shown in  FIGS.  9 B and  9 D , the anterior side  904  comprises an opening  910 , which allows the insertion of an IOL as discussed herein. The opening  910  may have sharp edges (e.g., as depicted in  FIGS.  9 B and  9 D ), rounded edges (e.g., as shown in other implementations herein), etc. Sharp edges may reduce material volume and allow insertion of the device  900  through a smaller incision. The opening  910  may have a diameter between about 5 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., between about 6 mm and about 9 mm). The sidewalls of the device  900  optionally do not extend radially inwardly such that the opening  910  may have a large or maximum diameter (e.g., based on the diameter of the inner surface of the sidewalls of the device  900 ). A larger opening  910  may aid insertion of the IOL and/or reduce volume and/or mass, which can aid insertion into small incisions (e.g., by being easier to compress into and/or advance through an injection device). A smaller opening  910  may aid in containment of an IOL (e.g., better defining the interior volume of the device  900  and/or inhibiting anterior drift on an inserted IOL). 
     As shown in  FIGS.  9 B and  9 D , the device  900  comprises an internal lip  912 . The internal lip  912  can run partially, intermittently, or completely around the inside of the prosthetic capsular device  900 . The lip  912  may be designed to hold the haptics of an IOL stable, inhibiting or preventing the lens from rotating or shimmering during eye movements. The lip  912  is proximate to a midpoint of the device  900 , for example being proximate to a plane about half way between the posterior side  902  and the anterior side  904 . The lip  912  may be proximate to the anterior side  902 , proximate to the anterior side  904 , etc., and can be designed and/or selected based on the IOL to be inserted into the device  900 . The device  900  may comprise a plurality of lips  912 , for example configured to engage a plurality of IOLs and/or to provide a plurality of alternative positions to engage one IOL. The lip  912  may comprise a tubular structure, for example configured to lockingly engage haptics of an IOL (e.g., by insertion of end portions of one or more haptics into a lumen of the tubular structure, by resilient compression of the tubular structure by a haptic, etc.). Rather than extending radially inwardly (e.g., as shown in  FIGS.  9 B and  9 D ), the lip  912  could extend radially outwardly, for example comprising a groove in the inner sidewalls of the device  900 . A lip  912  comprising a groove may be integrally formed (e.g., during molding of the device  900 ) and/or formed after (e.g., by laser milling or diamond lathe cutting). Combinations of the lips  912  described herein are also possible. For example, the lip  912  could comprise: one or a plurality of lips  912 ; position(s) proximate to a surface and/or a midpoint; continuous and/or intermittent; filled and/or tubular; a groove extending into the sidewalls of the device  900 ; and combinations thereof. 
     The device  900  comprises, around a perimeter of the device  900 , a plurality of tabs or haptics  906 . The tabs  906  are not in contact and may be considered not continuous. Tabs  906  that are not continuous may use less material and impart less volume and/or mass to the device  900 , allowing the device  900  to be easier to insert into small incisions. Use of less material may reduce costs due to use of less material. As discussed above, tabs that are continuous may provide better apposition with the natural capsular bag and/or be more form fitting, but may use more material and impart more volume and/or mass to a device, which can inhibit insertion into small openings. Depending on the application, the devices described herein that include tabs may include tabs that are continuous, not continuous, and combinations thereof (e.g., comprising continuous tabs over a portion of the perimeter). 
     The tabs  906  comprise an opening or hole or aperture  908 . The openings  908  illustrated in  FIGS.  9 A- 9 D  extend all of the way through the tabs  906 , but could extend only partially through the tabs  906 . The openings  908  may assist in suturing the device  908 , allow fibrosis therethrough, etc. The tabs  906  include tabs  906   a  that are anteriorly biased and tabs  906   b  that are posteriorly biased. Biased tabs  906  (e.g., tabs  906   a ,  906   b  having alternating bias) can inhibit preferential torqueing and tilt. In addition and/or alternatively to being differently biased, the tabs  906  may have other differences (e.g., shape, material, absence of an opening  908 , anterior-posterior position, orientation, combinations thereof, and the like). 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 D  illustrate yet another example prosthetic capsular device  1000 , in which  FIG.  10 A  is a side view,  FIG.  10 B  is a side cross-sectional view,  FIG.  10 C  is a posterior plan view, and  FIG.  10 D  is an anterior side perspective view. The prosthetic capsular device (e.g., bag, bowl, housing, structure, cage, frame)  1000  does not include or is free of a flange, although combination with a flange (e.g., the flange  20 ) is also possible. The device  1000  comprises a posterior side  1002  and an anterior side  1004 . The posterior side  1002  has a generally flat shape. As shown in  FIG.  10 B , the posterior side  1002  comprises a solid surface, but substantially constant thickness and parallel planar surfaces are indicative of a lack of a refractive portion, which may be useful if the IOL provides sufficient refractive power (e.g., if the diopter value is low). Although the posterior side  1002  is flat, the interior surface of the posterior part of the device  1000  could be curved such that the device  1000  can provide refractive power even though the outer surface is flat. 
     As shown in  FIGS.  10 B and  10 D , the anterior side  1004  comprises an opening  1010 , which allows the insertion of an IOL as discussed herein. The opening  1010  may have sharp edges (e.g., as shown in other implementations herein), rounded edges (e.g., as depicted in  FIGS.  10 B and  10 D ), etc. Curved surfaces are more likely to transmit light than sharp surfaces, so an opening  1010  comprising rounded edges may reduce refraction of light and inhibit or prevent unwanted reflections or dysphotopsias. 
     As shown in  FIGS.  10 B and  10 D , the device  1000  comprises an internal lip  1012 . The internal lip  1012  can comprise the same options and/or features as discussed herein (e.g., with respect to the lip  912 ). The lip  1012  is proximate to the posterior side  1002 , for example being posterior to a plane half way between the posterior side  1002  and the anterior side  1004  and/or being posterior to the tabs  1006 . Consistent with the lip  1012  comprising the options of other lips described herein, the lip  1012  may be proximate to the anterior side  1004 , proximate to a midpoint, etc., and can be based on the IOL to be inserted into the device  1000 . 
     The device  1000  comprises, around a perimeter of the device  1000 , a first plurality of tabs or haptics  1006  and a second plurality of tabs or haptics  1007 . The tabs  1006 ,  1007  can comprise the same options and/or features as discussed herein (e.g., with respect to the tabs  906 ). The pluralities of tabs  1006 ,  1007  are not in contact and may be considered not continuous. The pluralities of tabs  1006 ,  1007  are spaced from each other about a perimeter of the device  1000 , bunched at two opposite sides of the device  1000 . Pluralities of tabs may be bunched at one side, two sides (e.g., as shown in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 D ), three sides, etc. Pluralities of tabs may be evenly circumferentially spaced (e.g., as shown in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 D ) or unevenly circumferentially spaced. Pluralities of tabs may comprise the same types of tabs (e.g., as shown in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 D ) or different types of tabs (e.g., comprising different anterior-posterior bias, shape, material, absence of an opening  1008 , anterior-posterior position, orientation, continuousness, combinations thereof, and the like). Tabs within a plurality of tabs may be the same or different (e.g., comprising different anterior-posterior bias (e.g., as shown by the tabs  1006   a ,  1006   b  in the plurality of tabs  1006 ), shape, material, absence of an opening  1008 , anterior-posterior position, orientation, continuousness, combinations thereof, and the like). In implementations in which the tabs comprise circumferentially spaced pluralities of tabs (e.g., the tabs  1006 ,  1007 ), the tabs may be configured to provide more engagement (e.g., by being larger, by being continuous, combinations thereof, and the like) than if the tabs extend all around the perimeter of the device. Use of fewer tabs by circumferentially spacing pluralities of tabs  1006 ,  1007  may reduce volume and/or mass, which can aid insertion into small incisions (e.g., by being easier to compress into and/or advance through an injection device). Use of fewer tabs by circumferentially spacing pluralities of tabs  1006 ,  1007  may reduce costs due to use of less material. As discussed above, tabs that are continuous may provide better apposition with the natural capsular bag and/or be more form fitting, but have increased volume and/or mass. Depending on the application, the devices described herein that include tabs may include tabs that are continuous, not continuous, and combinations thereof (e.g., comprising continuous tabs over a portion of the perimeter). 
     The tabs  1006 ,  1007  are illustrated as being generally short, rounded-edge rectangular structures. Other shapes are also possible, for example arcuate (e.g., semicircular), elongate (e.g., spiraling out of the device  1000 ), having end features (e.g., loops, hooks), etc. When pluralities of tabs  1006 ,  1007  are circumferentially spaced, the perimeter of the device  1000  may have room for more voluminous tabs  1006 ,  1007 . 
     As shown in  FIGS.  10 A,  10 C, and  10 D , the device  1000  comprises textured surfaces  1014 . The textured surfaces  1014  may comprise pores (e.g., extending partially through the walls of the device, extending fully through the walls of the device  1000 , circular, spherical, elongate, having an undulating pattern, etc.), surface texture patterns, combinations thereof, and the like. The textured surfaces  1014  may be configured to capture, engage, and/or promote fibrosis (e.g., by not being smooth). The textured surfaces  1014  may be formed during forming the device  1000  (e.g., by being integrated into a mold) and/or formed after forming the device  1000  (e.g., by laser drilling). The device  1000  and/or other prosthetic capsular devices may lack or be free of tabs  1006 ,  1007 , and the textured surfaces  1014  may provide engagement with the natural capsular bag, allow fibrosis, etc. The device  1000  may comprise tabs  1006 ,  1007  comprising openings or holes  1008  that may assist in suturing the device  908 , allow fibrosis therethrough, etc. and textured surfaces  1014  that may allow fibrosis. The textured surfaces  1014  of the device  1000  are positioned between the pluralities of tabs  1006 ,  1007 , but any portion of the device  1000  may comprise a textured surface, preferably not in the optical path, which can permit strategic fibrosis. The textured surfaces  1014  may be continuous around the perimeter, circumferentially spaced (e.g., as shown in  FIG.  10 C ), in patches, etc. If the device  1000  comprises tabs, the tabs may comprise textured surfaces. 
       FIGS.  11 A- 11 C and  11 E  illustrate still another example prosthetic capsular device  1100 , in which  FIG.  11 A  is a side view,  FIG.  11 B  is a side cross-sectional view,  FIG.  11 C  is a posterior plan view, and  FIG.  11 E  is an anterior side perspective view.  FIG.  11 D  depicts a posterior plan view of still yet another example prosthetic capsular device  1150  that is similar to the device  1100  except for the refractive portion, as described in further detail below. The prosthetic capsular device (e.g., bag, bowl, housing, structure, cage, frame)  1100  does not include or is free of a flange, although combination with a flange (e.g., the flange  20 ) is also possible. The device  1100  comprises a posterior side  1102  and an anterior side  1104 . 
     The posterior side  1102  has a generally flat edge with a convex central portion. As shown in  FIG.  11 C , convex central portion of the posterior side  1102  comprises a refractive portion, which provides a refractive property to the device  1100  for refractive powers&gt;0 D (positive or converging lens power). The posterior side  1102  can include a concave central portion for refractive powers&lt;0 D (negative or diverging lens power). As shown in  FIG.  11 C , the refractive portion of the device  1100  has a diameter  1116  that is about 6 mm. As shown in  FIG.  11 C , the refractive portion of a similar device  1150  has a diameter  1166  that is about 8 mm. Most IOL optics have a diameter between 5.5 mm and 6 mm since the refractive power range of IOLs is typically ±35 D, and IOLs are designed to be substantially the same throughout the refractive power range such that even low refractive power IOLs have a diameter similar to that of a high refractive power IOL. The diameters of the refractive portion of the devices  1100 ,  1150  are not limited by refractive power value, which can allow larger diameter refractive portions as evidenced by the device  1150 . The devices  1100 ,  1150  could provide a small refractive power value to aid an IOL, which could allow IOLs with smaller refractive powers to be used, resulting in a total refractive power, which could potentially increase the diameter of such IOLs if no longer designed based on a full refractive power range. The devices  1100 ,  1150  could provide a refractive surface that has sufficient refractive power that no IOL providing additional refractive power is inserted into device  1100 ,  1150 . 
     As shown in  FIGS.  11 B and  11 D , the anterior side  1104  comprises an opening  1110 , which allows the insertion of an IOL as discussed herein. The opening  1110  may have sharp edges (e.g., as shown in other implementations herein), rounded edges (e.g., as depicted in  FIGS.  11 B and  11 E ), etc. Sharp edges may reduce material volume and allow insertion of the device through a smaller incision. Curved surfaces are more likely to transmit light than sharp surfaces, so an opening comprising rounded edges may reduce refraction of light and inhibit or prevent unwanted reflections or dysphotopsias. 
     As shown in  FIGS.  11 B and  11 E , the device  1100  lacks or is free of an internal lip. Lack of an internal lip may reduce volume and/or mass, which can aid insertion into small incisions (e.g., by being easier to compress into and/or advance through an injection device). Lack of an internal lip may reduce costs due to use of less material. Alternatively, the device  1100  may comprise an internal lip, as the features described with respect to the devices described in the present application may be optionally substituted, interchanged, rearranged, etc. when compatible. 
     The device  1100  comprises, around a perimeter of the device  1100 , a plurality of tabs or haptics  1106 . The device  1150  comprises, around a perimeter of the device  1150 , a plurality of tabs or haptics  1156 . The tabs  1106 ,  1156  can comprise the same options and/or features as discussed herein (e.g., with respect to the tabs  906 ,  1006 ,  1007 ). The pluralities of tabs  1106 ,  1156  are not in contact and may be considered not continuous. The tabs  1106 ,  1156  are not biased in an anterior and/or posterior direction, which may be easier to manufacture than biased tabs. The tabs  1106 ,  1156  are larger than the tabs  906 ,  1006 ,  1007  described herein. Larger tabs  1106 ,  1156  may increase apposition of the device  1100 ,  1150  to a natural capsular bag and/or increase fibrosis surface area. Larger tabs  1106 ,  1156  may also allow the formation of larger openings  1108 ,  1158 . Openings that extend all the way through a tab, if desired, may be difficult to produce in small tabs, so the larger tabs  1106 ,  1156  may enable easier formation of larger openings  1108 ,  1158  that fully extend through the tabs  1106 ,  1156 . Larger openings  1108 ,  1158  may aid in suturing. 
     The prosthetic capsular devices described herein or similar prosthetic capsular devices may be compatible with any IOLs that are currently commercially available or developed in the future, regardless of manufacturer (e.g., AcrySof platform of lenses from Alcon, TECNIS ZCB00, ZKB00, ZLB00, ZMB00, ZCT, and Symfony extended depth of focus lenses from Abbott Medical Optics, enVista, TRULIGN, Akreos, SofPort, and Crysalens from Bausch and Lomb, iSert from Hoya Corporation, ELENZA Sapphire from Elenza, Calhoun light adjustable lens from Calhoun Vision, and others), material (e.g., comprising PMMA, silicone, relatively hydrophobic acrylic, relatively hydrophilic acrylic, other acrylic, collamer, combinations thereof, and the like), product type (e.g., aphakic, pseudophakic), refractive power (e.g., negative, planar, and positive), number of pieces (e.g., one, two, three, and more), accommodation (e.g., accommodating and non-accommodating), size (e.g., diameter, thickness), shape (e.g., disc, toroid, symmetric, and asymmetric), haptic type and quantity, delivery system, delivery profile, expansion profile, combinations thereof, and the like. 
     Referring again to the potential advantages described above, the prosthetic capsular devices described herein or similar prosthetic capsular devices can increase the options for IOL replacement. A physician may be less reluctant to perform IOL replacement if the initially-implanted lens fails due to the reduce risk of complications, such that the physician will more readily replace the initially-implanted lens with a more appropriate lens, thereby providing a better outcome (e.g., initial outcome). Even without replacement, the IOL selection capability provided by the refractive portion of the prosthetic capsular device and/or the positioning capability provided by the prosthetic capsular device and can improve outcome (e.g., initial outcome). Certain prosthetic capsular devices described herein may be able to provide more accurate refractive outcomes after initial surgery every or almost every time. 
     Since IOL replacement from a prosthetic capsular device involves less risk than IOL replacement without a prosthetic capsular device, physicians and patients may also be more open to replacement of the IOL over time. For example, IOL replacement may be potentially advantageous for medical reasons (e.g., due to changing physiological conditions (e.g., development of macular degeneration, glaucomatous optic neuropathy), refractive reasons (e.g., change of corneal power due to corneal dystrophy, the progressive hyperopic shift associated with previous refractive keratotomy), the patient&#39;s desire to access new intraocular technology (e.g., powered accommodating IOL, implantable intraocular wireless input/output computerized devices)), such that replacement of an IOL in a prosthetic capsular device can provide improved outcomes even after the initial surgery. The reduced risk of complications due to removal from and placement in a prosthetic capsular device may even permit physicians and patients to exchange the IOL as often as desirable. The ability to change the IOL more often due to a prosthetic capsular device may also permit surgery at an earlier age, as the physician may dispossess concerns that the initially-implanted IOL must last the rest of the patient&#39;s life or risk serious complications upon replacement. Such IOL replacement procedures may even be able to substitute for removable corrective devices such as glasses and contact lenses. 
     The prosthetic capsular devices described herein or similar prosthetic capsular devices may provide a platform by which a technology device (e.g., a wearable miniaturized electronic technology device) can be inserted and carried in the eye independent of or in combination with an IOL. As used herein, the phrase “technology device” is a broad term including any device that generally provides biometric measurement functions, computer functions (e.g., digital data input directly via wireless signals and/or indirectly through sensors, data analysis, input, and/or output), image generation and projection onto the retina, and/or internet/WiFi capabilities and is small enough to fit functionally within the eye (e.g., having a diameter less than or equal to about 11 mm and a thickness less than or equal to about 6 mm), some of which can be used to perform useful electronic functions for the wearer. Examples of such devices include, but are not limited to, computers (e.g., Google Glass, Microsoft Hololens), virtual reality devices, augmented reality devices, head-mounted displays (such as graphic or image displays, map displays), devices with WiFi and/or interne connectivity, image receivers (e.g., television or movies), game devices, projectors (including image viewers, image readers, or image senders), GPS devices, biometric measurement devices (e.g., aqueous humor glucose and electrolyte sensor, Intraocular VEGF sensor, blood glucose level sensors, electrolyte sensors, heart rate sensors, basal metabolic rate sensors, temperature sensors, EEG, EKG, intraocular pressure sensors, ciliary muscle contraction sensors, dynamic pupil change sensors), retinal prostheses, camera functions (e.g., still image and/or video recording), and e-mail senders or receivers. Such devices do not necessarily have to be characterizeable as wearable (e.g., because they are implanted rather than “worn”), miniaturized (e.g., because they may have already been a certain size), or electronic (e.g., because they may be mechanical), but would still be a “technology device” as described herein. 
     In use, the technology device is in the prosthetic capsular device, and the output from the electronic device is provided to the user, either through viewing of the output visually through the eye or otherwise (e.g., wireless transmission to an external computing device). Data from the outside of the body can be transmitted to and/or from the technology device in a wireless electromagnetic energy format including, but not limited to, currently available modalities such as Bluetooth, radio signals, WiFi, and/or analog and/or digital cellular format signals. This data may be processed and output in the form of a visual display that could be projected onto the retina, creating the perception of a digital heads-up display, for example how Google Glass employed this technology in an external device. For technology devices configured to sense biometric data (for example, but not limited to, glucose level, electrolyte level, VEGF level, basal metabolic rate, temperature, EEG, EKG, heart rate, intraocular pressure (e.g., for glaucoma patients or glaucoma candidates), ciliary muscle contraction, papillary construction or dilation, eye movement, blink rate, combinations thereof, and the like), the data could be collected by the technology device and transmitted wirelessly by the technology device to an external device configured to receive the data The electronic technology or the external device may be configured to process the data. For example, before transmission, the technology device may transform the data for privacy, security, data transfer efficiency, etc. The external device may be configured to process the data, for example because the external device may more easily be linked to a power source, cooled, etc. The external device can be configured to provide the data in a format that can be utilized in a health care decision. The data may be accessible by the wearer and/or a doctor or other healthcare professional, for example locally and/or through via a secure (e.g., HIPAA-compliant) network. 
     Another application of this technology could be use by people in environmentally challenging environments, for example intelligence agents, special forces soldiers, astronauts, police officers, and/or firefighters. Various sensors (e.g., external environmental sensors (e.g., for oxygen level, atmospheric pressure, temperature, infrared heat sensors) and/or internal biometric sensors (e.g., for oxygen level, temperature, heart rate, heart rhythm, glucose level, etc.) could be centrally assessed in an external computing device (e.g., a smartphone), and then transmitted to the intraocular lens to project information onto the retina in a dashboard type configuration. This information could be used to help them avoid danger and/or more effectively perform their duties. The technology could also be advantageous to performing any tasks that could benefit from a heads-up display such as surgery (e.g., recognition and labeling of anatomical structures), mechanical repair (e.g., recognition and labeling of mechanical elements), translation (e.g., from a first language to a second language), business identification (e.g., based on user ratings, health ratings, etc.), directions, design, etc. 
     Generally, as blood glucose increases, the optical properties of the aqueous humor change in a corresponding way, and such change is optically detectable through a plurality of methods, such as Raman spectroscopy, optical polarimetry and other methods. Additionally, changes in glucose concentration in the aqueous humor can interact with other devices comprised on or in the system, for example through oncotic pressure/osmotic gradients which can be measured through a plurality of ways, including through a fluorescence resonance energy transfer system based on Concanavalin A chemistry. Additionally, the system can comprise a passive sensor, and an electric transmitter that can be configured to harness the glucose induced osmotic changes in the aqueous humor by placing sensors in the system such that their relative distance would change (increase or decrease) in a corresponding manner (for example, the sensors (potentially using two or more capacitor plates) could be configured to move closer to each other as glucose levels increased and further apart when glucose levels decreased. This relative distance would be quantifiable (for example as an increase or decrease in electrical charge of capacitors), and the data could be transmitted for correlation to a secondary device). In an example implementation of an electronic device, a blood glucose monitor may comprise an optical detector configured to monitor the optical properties of the aqueous humor, such as refractive index, optical polarity, and/or spectroscopic properties in vivo, for example, using an optical detector such as a camera, light sensor, spectrometer, and/or optical polarimeter. An advantage of having the optical polarimeter based glucose sensor housed within the anterior segment of the eye (and particularly housed inside the capsular prosthesis device is that it overcomes the artifact induced by the corneal birefringence and the motion artifact, two of the most significant obstacles to accurate measurement methodology in external devices. In another example, the optical detector (spectroscopy unit) can be used to measure the changes of wavelength of light produced in a glucose sensitive fluorescence unit. The changes in optical properties of the aqueous humor and/or secondary changes induced in a glucose sensitive fluorescence unit can be correlated to blood glucose level via in situ electronics and/or raw data (e.g., images, histograms, etc.) can be transmitted to an external device configured to perform the correlation. The results can be available on and/or transmitted to an external device (e.g., smartphone, smartwatch), which could trigger an alarm if the blood glucose value is above and/or below certain thresholds. The blood glucose value can inform the user about the need to ingest sugar, take an insulin shot, etc or could be directly integrated into an insulin pump that could automatically dose the patient according to an algorithm based on a determined dose response as directed by a physician. Intraocular pressure can also be measured in vivo through a secondary device for insertion into the prosthetic capsular device. For example, a secondary device having a passive sensor and an electric transmitter can be positioned in or on the prosthetic device. The secondary device can be configured to harness the changing intraocular pressure by placing sensors on the secondary device such that their relative distance would change (increase or decrease) in a corresponding manner (for example, the sensors (potentially using two or more capacitor plates) would move closer to each other as the intraocular pressure increased and further apart when intraocular pressure decreased. This relative distance would be quantifiable (for example as an increase or decrease in electrical charge of capacitors), and the data could be transmitted for correlation to a secondary device which would account for atmospheric barometric pressure, record the difference and store and/or transmit the data to other devices). Other bodily parameters that can be measured in the eye include, but are not limited to, body temperature, heart rate, VEGF levels in macular degeneration patients, diabetic retinopathy, and retinal vein occlusion. One or all of these values may be visualizable on an external device (e.g., smartphone, smartwatch) and/or via an internal display system (e.g., a heads-up display). These technologies can all be engineered in such a way as to be housed within the described prosthetic capsular device without interfering with the optical properties of the refractive portion of the device. 
     The technology device can be used in combination with an intraocular lens. For example, the technology device can be used to control the properties of the intraocular lens (e.g., the refractive power, ultraviolet (UV) or visual light transmission properties of the IOL, etc.) and/or the properties of the prosthetic capsular device. For example, the technology device could be used to control the properties of a Calhoun adjustable lens (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,988,285, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety), an Elenza lens (e.g., as described in further detail below), etc. When used in combination with an IOL, the technology device and the IOL may be positioned such that the technology device does not interfere with the sight lines of the IOL (e.g., the technology device does not block or interfere with light and images transmitted through the IOL and, ultimately, to the retina). The technology device may be around the outside perimeter edge of the intraocular lens. For example, two separate devices, (1) an IOL and (2) the technology device, may each be attached at the outer edge of the IOL. For another example, the IOL can be manufactured or adapted to have the technology device integral to the IOL at the outer perimeter edge of the IOL. If an IOL has a diameter of about 6 mm, a technology device having a width of about 2 mm may be added around the outer perimeter of the IOL, resulting in the IOL and technology device having a total diameter of about 10 mm. Such devices can vary in size, but the center is preferably at least about 1 mm to serve as the optic, and the entire device (technology device and optic) is preferably small enough to be implanted through an incision into the eye (e.g., the entire device may be similar in size to an IOL). 
       FIGS.  12 A- 12 C  illustrate example prosthetic capsular devices including technology devices and IOLs, and a manner of positioning the technology device and the IOL within a prosthetic capsular device.  FIG.  12 A  shows a cross-section of a ring-like technology device  1202  inside a prosthetic capsular device  1200 .  FIG.  12 A  also depicts an IOL  1204  in the prosthetic capsular device  1200 .  FIG.  12 B  depicts a front view of an example intraocular lens  1250  usable in the example prosthetic capsular device  1200  shown in  FIG.  12 A  in which the technology device  1250  surrounds the outer edge of the IOL  1250  (e.g., surrounds the outer edge of the optical surface of the IOL  1250 ).  FIG.  12 C  depicts a top front perspective of the example intraocular lens  1250 . The optical surface  1260  is not blocked by the technology device elements of the IOL  1250 . The technology device  1250  includes an element  1252  for data output, an element  1254  for data input or receiving, and an element  1256  for data processing. 
     The prosthetic capsular device can comprise a material configured to shield the other internal eye structures from the small amount of heat or electromagnetic waves that might be generated by the technology device. Examples of such materials include silicone and silicone derivatives, acrylic, acrylic derivatives, collamer, biocompatible methacrylates (e.g., PMMA), biocompatible polymers, olefins (e.g., polypropylene), polyimide, combinations thereof (e.g., silicone and polyimide), and the like. A device comprising a thermally insulating material such as silicone, polyimide, acrylic, silicon dioxide, flexible glass, aerogels, combinations thereof (e.g., silicone and polyimide), and/or the like may be used to inhibit or prevent heat transfer due to conduction. Certain device dimensions can be increased to increase heat insulation, although injectability concerns may also be considered. A reflective and/or opaque material such as polyimide may be used to inhibit or prevent heat transfer due to radiation. Since the device is capsular, the device can be configured to shield (e.g., selectively shield) the ciliary body from heat. In some implementations, the prosthetic capsular device may comprise a combination of silicone and polyimide (e.g., polyimide overmolded on silicone). 
     The prosthetic capsular device can comprise a material or have a configuration configured to protect the interior of the eye from unwanted transmission of light. For example, the prosthetic capsular device can be designed to shield the posterior segment of the eye from UV light (for example, therapeutic UV light that is used in high concentration during procedures such as corneal cross-linking and in the refractive change that occurs through UV light modification of the Calhoun light adjustable lens). There are reports of retinal toxicity to UV exposure during these treatments because the pupil commonly dilates beyond the borders of the optic (e.g., greater than about 6 mm), and the UV filter coating on the posterior aspect of these lenses is prone to being rubbed off during folding and injecting, leaving the retina exposed to high doses of UV light transmittance through areas in which the coating is scratched off and around the outer border between the pupil edge and the rim of the IOL. By using a prosthetic capsular device which is larger than the pupil (about 6-10.5 mm in minimal width, there would be no gap between the border of the iris and the IOL. Other sizes of prosthetic capsular devices can also provide UV benefits. Using established materials and methods well known in the art of intraocular lens manufacturing, the UV chromophore could be substantially incorporated into the material of the prosthetic capsular device so this property would not be susceptible to failure due to inadvertent mechanical removal (e.g., scratching and/or scraping off) during folding, insertion, and/or unfolding of the prosthetic capsular device. 
     The prosthetic capsular device can have a near-UV and UV blocking ability, which can protect the eye from energy or radiation in the form of near-UV or UV light emanating from the environment and utilized for therapeutic and refractive purposes. Intraocular lenses have been made with coatings that include UV blocking chromaphores, which can suffer from scratching issues upon implantation and other issues, as described above. There are currently multiple ophthalmic therapies that utilize UV light as a treatment modality. For example, the Calhoun light adjustable lens (available from Calhoun Vision, Inc. of Pasadena, Calif.) is an intraocular lens in which the refractive power can be changed post-operatively through the targeted application of near-UV and UV light of a specific wavelength for various time periods using a proprietary exposure algorithm. The back surface of the Calhoun light adjustable lens has a UV blocking layer, but that UV blocking layer is prone to being mechanically damaged (e.g., rubbed or scratched off) upon insertion of the lens, rendering the UV blocking layer potentially ineffective such that when the near-UV or UV light treatment is performed to adjust the lens power post-operatively, the patients are prone to near-UV and UV radiation exposure related complications to the contents of the posterior segment (ciliary body, retina, optic nerve, etc.). The diameter of the Calhoun lens optic is 6.0 mm, which for many patients is smaller than the dilated pupil such that UV light may pass by the edges of the lens. For these patients, applying a wide beam of near-UV or UV light to the lens has the potential to cause UV radiation exposure related complications to the contents of the posterior segment (ciliary body, retina, optic nerve, etc.). If this light adjustable lens is placed inside a prosthetic capsular device that is larger or much larger than the dilated pupil and that has the ability to block near-UV and UV light, there could be a reduced likelihood of UV radiation related complications during the post-operative treatment. 
     In some implementations, a capacitor, series of capacitors, and/or a rechargeable battery that can be recharged by a device from outside the eye (such as by external induction methods or other electromagnetic radiation energy such as radio waves) may supply power to the technology device. The battery changer could be incorporated into or adapted to be affixed to a sleeping device such as a facemask, pillow, mattress, headboard, or bed linen to charge the battery during a user&#39;s sleep, sunglasses, a headband, or a hat to charge the battery while the user is outdoors, and/or spectacle frames or other appropriate devices for when the user is indoors. Preferably, the transfer of electricity to power a technology device either directly or through the charging of a battery is via an inductive charging system such as through resonant inductive coupling. For example, the external device could contain an induction coil and would be connected to a power source in order to generate an alternating electromagnetic field, and the technology device could contain a second induction coil configured to harness power from the alternating electromagnetic field generated by the external device and to convert the power into electricity to charge the battery. The prosthetic capsular device can be designed to shield the posterior segment structures, such as the iris, zonules, ciliary body, ciliary process, etc., from heat generated by the charging of batteries through external induction, or the discharge of heat generated by a technology device, for example using certain materials and techniques as described above. Increased local temperatures can result in inflammation and uveitis, and ultimately limit the biocompatibility of technology device. Utilizing a prosthetic capsular device having optical clarity and with thermal insulating properties (e.g., comprising silicone, silicone derivatives, polyimide, combinations thereof, the like, and/or other appropriate materials) could provide appropriate thermal insulation without adversely affecting visual function. 
       FIG.  74 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example intraocular lens  7450 . The IOL comprises an optic  7452 , a battery  7454  on a first radial side of the optic  7452 , and electronics  7456  on a second radial side of the optic  7452 . The electronics  7456 , provided with energy from the battery  7454 , can affect optical properties of the optic  7452 . 
       FIG.  74 B  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7400  containing the intraocular lens  7450  of  FIG.  74 A . The device  7400  may include the properties of other devices described herein, for example but not limited to the devices  5800 ,  6100 ,  6200 ,  6300 ,  6400 ,  6500 ,  6600 ,  6700 ,  6800 ,  6900 ,  7000 ,  7200 . The device  7400  comprises a first insulated area  7402  and a second insulated area  7404 . The insulated areas  7402 ,  7404  are configured to provide thermal insulation for parts of a device such as the device  7450  that may heat up. The insulated areas  7402 ,  7404  may be the same or different (e.g., having a different thickness or other dimension(s), comprising a different material, comprising a different shape, etc.). In some implementations, the insulated areas  7402 ,  7404  comprise polyimide. 
       FIG.  74 C  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7410  containing an example intraocular lens  7460 . The device  7410  may include the properties of other devices described herein, for example but not limited to the device  7400 . The IOL  7460  is similar to the IOL  7450 , for example including an optic  7462  and electronics  7466 , but does not include a battery. The device  7410  may comprise or be configured to contain (e.g., comprising sufficient space radially outward of an optical path and/or contours) a modular battery  7414 . The battery  7414  may interact with electrical leads extending from the device  7460 . The battery  7414  may be rechargeable (e.g., using inductive charging, for example as described herein). The battery  7414  may be modularly exchanged, for example using an anchoring system as described herein. The device  7460  may be modularly exchanged, for example each new device  7460  powered by the battery  7414 , and/or the battery  7414  may be changed with the device  7460 . 
       FIG.  74 D  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7420  containing an example intraocular lens  7470 . The device  7420  may include the properties of other devices described herein, for example but not limited to the device  7400 . The IOL  7470  is similar to the IOL  7450 , for example including an optic  7472  and a battery  7474 , but does not include electronics. The device  7420  may comprise or be configured to contain (e.g., comprising sufficient space radially outward of an optical path and/or contours) modular electronics  7412 . The electronics  7412  may interact with electrical leads extending from the device  7470 . The electronics  7412  may be modularly exchanged, for example using an anchoring system as described herein, which can allow upgrading of electronics configured to control the optic  7472 . The device  7470  may be modularly exchanged, for example each new device  7470  powered by a new battery  7474 , and/or the electronics  7412  may be changed with the device  7470 . 
       FIG.  74 E  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7430  containing an example intraocular lens  7480 . The device  7430  may include the properties of other devices described herein, for example but not limited to the device  7400 . The IOL  7480  is similar to the IOL  7450 , for example including an optic  7482 , but does not include electronics or a battery. The device  7430  may comprise or be configured to contain (e.g., comprising sufficient space radially outward of an optical path and/or contours) a modular battery  7414  and/or modular electronics  7412 . The battery  7414  may interact with electrical leads extending from the device  7480 . The battery  7414  may be rechargeable (e.g., using inductive charging, for example as described herein). The battery  7414  may be modularly exchanged, for example using an anchoring system as described herein, which can allow upgrading of electronics configured to control the optic  7482 . The electronics  7412  may interact with electrical leads extending from the device  7480 . The electronics  7412  may be modularly exchanged, for example using an anchoring system as described herein, which can allow upgrading of electronics  7412  configured to control the optic  7482 . The device  7480  may be modularly exchanged. Each new device  7480  may powered by the battery  7414  and/or a new battery  7414 . Each new device  7480  may be controlled by the electronics  7412  and/or new electronics  7412 . 
     In some implementations, the device  7410 ,  7420 ,  7430  may comprise electrical leads configured to connect electrical components such as electronics, batteries, and controllable optics. Although schematically illustrated as rectangular and square, modular components may be adapted to utilize the volume at an end of the device  7410 ,  7420 ,  7430 . 
     Referring again to the discussion of virtual and augmented reality devices herein, the prosthetic capsular devices described herein can be configured to contain one or more virtual and/or augmented reality devices. In some implementations, the devices can include insulation (e.g., thicker and/or different material) generally or specifically where virtual and/or augmented reality devices may be inserted. In some implementations, the devices can include walls, flanges, posts, rails, eyelets, openings, slits, etc. configured to interact with virtual and/or augmented reality devices that can be inserted separate from insertion of the prosthetic capsular device. In some implementations, the devices can include walls, flanges, posts, rails, eyelets, openings, slits, etc. configured to interact with modular insulating structures containing virtual and/or augmented reality devices that can be inserted separate from insertion of the prosthetic capsular device. In some implementations, the devices can include a heat sink (e.g., comprising fins on an outside of the housing structure). Miniature devices or components for virtual and/or augmented that may be shrunk or otherwise optimized to be inserted into or interact with the devices described herein include, for example, sensors (e.g., six-axis position sensors, glucose sensors, light sensors, motion sensors, etc.), display devices (e.g., retinal projectors, stereoscopic displays, external light dimmers, etc.), data sending and/or receiving devices, and the like. Potential uses for such devices include virtual reality (e.g., a method of transitioning between a transparent lens and an opaque lens with a scree used for virtual reality), augmented reality (e.g., a heads-up display that is implantable into the human capsule for augmented reality, gaming, etc.), enterprise applications (e.g., a heads-up display for training purposes), medical applications (e.g., a method for inserting time-released drugs into the human capsule; blood glucose monitoring using the fluids naturally present in the eye; a heads-up display to assist surgeons with a patient&#39;s vital signs, device instructions for use, drug interaction warnings, etc.; pressure measurement for early warning of potential glaucoma; liquid lenses allowing autofocus, optical zoom, etc.), gaming applications (e.g., controls based on eye and/or head movement, focusing, light levels, etc.), directions applications (e.g., a heads-up display that overlays direction and navigation cues such as turn-by-turn directions, business listings, etc. on top of real-world visual elements), virtual retinal display applications (e.g., a virtual retinal display paired with eye movement mapping), etc. 
     The prosthetic capsular device can be designed to be photo-responsive so as to shield the retina from unwanted light, which could provide a number of uses. 
     For a first example, people with chronic light-sensitivity may want a permanent decrease in the light transmitted. This would function like permanent internal sunglasses. A light blocking chromophore of any and all various wavelengths, and of any and all densities of transmission could be added to the material formulation, baked into material, contained in a film that can be added as a self-expanding and/or self-contained implant, and/or layered and/or bonded to the prosthetic capsular device, and/or absorbed/adsorbed into/onto the prosthetic capsular device. 
     For a second example, people might want to have a device in the eye that darkens in the light and becomes more clear/transparent in the dark (photogrey, photobrown). Photochromatic materials (e.g., silver chloride, silver halide), which change shape and light absorption profile in response to the presence or absence of UV light, could be added to the material formulation, baked into material, contained in a film that can be added as a self-expanding and/or self-contained implant, and/or layered and/or bonded to the prosthetic capsular device, and/or absorbed/adsorbed into/onto the prosthetic capsular device. Photochromatic materials may be combined with light blocking chomophores. 
     For a third example, people might want to take advantage of the pinhole effect that can be created by using a small aperture, which can extend the depth of focus of a given optical system. This can be achieved by darkening all but the central 1-2 mm (approximately) of the prosthetic capsular device. This effect could be permanent (e.g., comprising an opaque annular mask (e.g., comprising polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) and carbon nanoparticles) embedded in and/or on one or both surfaces of the refractive portion) or transient (e.g., using a color shifting photogrey, photobrown, and/or liquid crystal technology to create an annular mask that is opaque or has reduced transmittance). The mask could have an outer diameter between about 3 mm and about 3.5 mm (e.g., about 3.25 mm). The mask could have an inner diameter between about 1 mm and about 1.5 mm (e.g., about 1.35 mm). The mask could have a thickness between about 4 μm and about 6 μm (e.g., about 5 μm), although thickness may vary based on the number of masks. The mask may comprise a plurality of microperforations, for example small enough to not allow substantial light passage or to create diffractive dispersion, but removing enough material to increase flexibility of the mask. In the transient pinhole mask modality where there is good lighting, the patient would be able to read due to the transient pinhole effect that would be created. In low lighting, the pinhole effect would be removed. Such a device could improve near and intermediate vision, increase depth of focus (e.g., by at least about 1.5 D), maintain good distance vision, inhibit creation of competing focal points, glare, halos, night-vision problems, double vision, ghosting, etc., maintain binocularity for distance, and/or maintain binocular contrast sensitivity. 
     With reference to  FIGS.  77 A- 77 I , other patients with iris defects may wish to have an iris prosthesis placed at the time of cataract or lens replacement surgery, or perhaps at a later date following an intraocular injury. Iris prostheses can be bulky and/or difficult to implant. The prosthetic capsular devices disclosed herein can be configured to provide a defined and/or stable anterior opening upon which an iris prosthesis could be positioned to fit on top of the prosthetic capsular device and attach to it through a tongue and groove mechanism. The iris prosthesis can be made out of biocompatible materials, and can be made of various sizes, shapes, and colorings to match the size, shape and desired cosmetic appearance of the pupil and iris. This could be an entire 12 clock hour prosthetic iris in the case of total or near total aniridia or loss of iris tissue. Another implementation could be an iris prosthesis that is subtotal (11 clock hours, 10 clock hours, 9 clock hours, 8 clock hours, 7 clock hours, 6 clock hours, 5 clock hours, 4 clock hours, 3 clock hours, 2 clock hours, 1 clock hours, or any combination or variation thereof). Notwithstanding the size of the prosthesis, all would have an element to affix the prosthetic iris to the prosthetic device. 
       FIG.  77 A- 77 I  illustrates an example prosthetic iris device  7700  configured to be coupled to any of the prosthetic capsular devices  5880  disclosed herein. In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device can be implanted in patients with total or partial loss of iris tissue (for example, aniridia or iridodialysis). The prosthetic iris device  7700  can be configured to treat light sensitivity, photophobia, glare, and/or cosmetic flaws in patients. In general, the use of a prosthetic iris device configured to be fixated in the sulcus and/or to the sclera can in some instances result in complications and/or may require adequate capsular support, and therefore such prosthetic iris devices may not be suitable for all patients. In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  can reduce postoperative complications because the device  7700  does not require fixation or suturing to the sulcus and/or the sclera because the device  7700  is removably coupled to the prosthetic capsular device  7702 , and/or may not require attachment to eye tissue. In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  can be utilized whether or not there is adequate eye tissue capsular support because the device  7700  can be configured to be supported and maintained by the prosthetic capsular device  5880 . 
     In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  comprises a biocompatible material, for example, silicone, silicone derivatives, acrylic, acrylic derivatives, PMMA, collarmer, polymer, other biocompatible optically transparent, semi-transparent and/or opaque material, combinations thereof, and the like. In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  comprises a circumference of about or that is no more than 10 mm. In some embodiments, the circumference of the prosthetic iris device  7700  is about or no more than 3.0 mm, 3.5 mm, 4.0 mm, 4.5 mm, 5.0 mm, 5.5 mm, 6.0 mm, 6.5 mm, 7.0 mm, 7.5 mm, 8.0 mm, 8.5 mm, 9.0 mm, 9.5 mm, 10.0 mm, 10.5 mm, 11.0 mm, 11.5 mm, 12.0 mm, 12.5 mm, 13.0 mm, 13.5 mm, 14.0 mm, or 14.5 mm. In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  can comprise an iris portion  7706  that is optically partially transparent and/or opaque. In an embodiment, the iris portion  7706  can comprise a color and/or pattern. In an embodiment, the color and/or pattern of the iris portion  7706  can be configured to have a similar appearance to a human iris. In an embodiment, the iris portion  7706  is only partially colored and/or patterned to cover only an affected area of the eye of a patient. In an embodiment, the iris portion  7706  is entirely colored and/or patterned to cover affected and non-affected areas of the eye. In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  is not entirely circular in order to cover only portions of the eye where there exists iris tissue loss, for example, the prosthetic iris device can be an arc or a partial circle of 45 degrees, 90 degrees, 135 degrees, 180 degrees, 225 degrees, 270 degrees, or 315 degrees, as illustrated in  FIGS.  77 D,  77 E,  77 F  (illustrating a 180 degree arc),  77 G,  77 H,  77 I (illustrating a 90 degree arc). 
     In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  comprises an opening  7704  having a diameter of about or no more than 4 mm. In some embodiments, the opening  7704  comprises a diameter of about or no more than 1 mm, 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm, 3.5 mm, 4 mm, 4.5 mm, 5 mm, 5.5 mm, 6 mm, 6.5 mm, 7 mm, 7.5 mm, 8 mm, 8.5 mm, 9 mm, 9.5 mm, 10 mm, 10.5 mm, or 11 mm. In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  can comprise an optically transparent portion in lieu of opening  7704 . In an embodiment, the optically transparent portion is integral with respect to the iris portion  7706  to be a single monolithic piece. In an embodiment, the optically transparent portion is removably coupled to the iris portion  7706 . In an embodiment, the optically transparent portion and the iris portion  7706  are part of a single transparent device wherein the iris portion  7706  is colored or adapted to be partially transparent and/or opaque. 
     In an embodiment, the prosthetic device  7700  comprises a circular or a substantially circular shape; however, other shapes are possible, such as square, oval, elliptical, or any other shape. In an embodiment, the iris portion  7706  is circular or substantially circular to resemble that of a natural human iris shape. In an embodiment, the prosthetic device  7700  comprises a curvature that curves toward the opening  7704 ; however, in other embodiments, the prosthetic device  7700  comprises a substantially planar configuration. In an embodiment, the prosthetic device  7700  is flexible and can adapt to the space and shape allocated by the surgical site. In an embodiment, the prosthetic device  7700  is configured to be rolled up, folded, or otherwise deformed for injection into the eye through an injector apparatus or otherwise inserted into the eye. In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  is configured to self-expand to a pre-folded shape. In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  is configured to be expanded by fluid upon implantation in the eye. In an embodiment, the prosthetic device  7700  is sufficiently rigid and/or resilient to withstand external pressures and/or forces exerted by the eye, fluid, eye movement, or the like in order to maintain or substantially maintain its shape and/or dimension. 
     In an embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  comprises a ring structure  7712 . In an embodiment, the ring structure  7712  is positioned on the posterior side and/or outer and/or inner perimeter and/or a middle portion of the prosthetic iris device  7700 . In an embodiment, the ring structure  7712  is affixed, attached, embedded, overmolded, integrated, glued, or otherwise coupled to the prosthetic capsular device. In an embodiment, the ring structure  7712  can comprise an oval, circular, elliptical, or other shape. In an embodiment, a circular shaped ring structure  7712  can be advantageous in order to be able to rotate the prosthetic iris device  7700  to a particular orientation, especially, when the iris portion  7706  is an arc or partial circle. In an embodiment, an oval shaped ring structure that is configured to be the same or similar shape as the anterior opening to the prosthetic device can be advantageous in order to prevent the ring structure  7712  from rotating on the prosthetic device thereby keeping the prosthetic iris in a fixed position. In an embodiment, the ring structure  7712  is configured to fit lock and key with the anterior opening of the prosthetic capsular device  7702 . In an embodiment, the ring structure  7712  can form a friction fit with the anterior opening of the prosthetic capsular device  7702 . In an embodiment, the ring structure  7712  can be configured to be sutured or other otherwise fixed to the anterior opening of the prosthetic capsular device  7702 . In embodiment, the prosthetic iris device  7700  can comprise an outer rim having one or more flanges and/or tabs that can be sutured to and/or form a friction fit with and/or tuck in and/or under the anterior opening of the prosthetic capsular device  7702 . In an embodiment, the one or more flanges and/or tabs comprises the same material as the of the prosthesis iris device  7700  and/or the one or more flanges and/or tabs can comprise polyimide/prolene haptic type material that could secure the device into place. 
     In certain non-limiting examples, the prosthetic capsular devices described herein could perform one or more of the following functions: provide a protected prosthetic receptacle having refractive properties, for an intraocular electronic technology device having the ability to send and receive wireless data, and/or interact with internal or external controls through external eye movements, pupil movement, ciliary body contraction, voice, and or controls from other prostheses (contacts, glasses, computer screens, projectors); provide a protected prosthetic receptacle for battery storage, designed to power electronic intraocular technology; provide a protected prosthetic receptacle for an electric powered accommodating intraocular lens (such as the Elenza lens); and/or provide a protected prosthetic receptacle for the repair or replacement of intraocular technology including traditional lenses, and electric powered devices as described above. 
       FIGS.  13 - 15    illustrate an example of a prosthetic capsular device  1300  positioned in an eye  1302 .  FIG.  13    illustrates a side cross-sectional side view of an eye  1302  including a prosthetic capsular device  1300 . In some implementations, the prosthetic capsular device  1300  can be configured to receive an IOL  1304 . The anatomy of the eye  1302  comprises an outermost layer including the sclera  1306  and the cornea  1308 , which meet at the cornea-scleral junction or limbus  1309 . The iris  1310  is visible through the transparent cornea  1308  and forms the outer diameter of the pupil  1312 , which is an opening in the opaque iris  1310 . The aqueous humor is between the cornea  1308  and the iris  1310 . Behind the iris  1310  and pupil  1312  typically (e.g., without prior surgery or physical issues) sits a natural lens or cataract that occupies the space  1316 . The natural lens is held in place or suspended by suspensory ligaments (zonules)  1320  connected to the ciliary body  1311 . The natural lens comprises lens fibers surrounded by a natural capsular bag  1318 , which generally comprises a thin transparent membrane. The space anterior to the ciliary body  1311  is the sulcus  1322 . The vitreous is a clear gel that fills the vitreous humor between the natural capsular bag  1318  and the retina  1313  of the eye  1302 . As discussed herein, the natural lens can be surgically removed for various reasons (e.g., clouding) and the prosthetic device  1300  can be implanted in the natural capsular bag  1318 . 
     In some implementations, the prosthetic device  1300  comprises a ring structure  1301  coupled to a housing structure  1303 . In some implementations, the ring structure  1301  comprises a material that is sufficiently strong to maintain the circumference  1305  or volume of the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the ring structure  1301  is configured to be sufficiently flexible to adjust and conform to the natural shape or volume of the natural capsular bag  1318 , which can be asymmetrical. In some implementations, the ring structure  1301  is configured to secure the prosthetic device  1300  within the natural capsular bag  1318  or other eye region through a friction fit. For example, the ring structure  1301  can comprise polyimide, materials known in intraocular lens manufacturing such as silicone (e.g., MED-6820, available from NuSil Technology LLC of Carpinteria, Calif.), collamer, PMMA, acrylic, and acrylates, materials used in permanent suture applications such as polypropylene, nylon, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), and polyester, shape memory or thermal memory materials such as nitinol, chromium cobalt, and shape memory polymers, combinations thereof, and the like. In some implementations, the ring structure  1301  comprises hydrophilic and/or hydrophobic materials. 
     In some implementations, the housing structure  1303  comprises a material sufficiently flexible and strong to mechanically maintain and expand the natural capsular bag  1318  (e.g., to a natural volume of the capsule prior to removal of the natural lens) and/or to house an IOL  1304  or other device within the housing structure  1303 . For example, the housing structure  1303  can comprise and/or be manufactured from PMMA, acrylic, silicone, collamer, polymer, other biocompatible optically transparent materials, combinations thereof, and the like. In some implementations, the housing structure  1303  comprises hydrophilic and/or hydrophobic materials. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , the prosthetic device  1300  can comprise a ring structure  1301  that is a continuous loop or circle. In some implementations, the housing structure  1303  is coupled to the ring structure  1301  by embedding and/or overmolding (e.g., insert molding, double shot molding, co-injection molding, 2-times injection molding) the ring structure  1301  into the outer edges of the housing structure  1303 . Compared to bonding (e.g., adhering) the ring structure  1301  and the housing structure  1303  to each other, overmolding the ring structure  1301  to the housing structure  1303  can reduce costs, reduce production duration, and/or provide a more secure coupling. The material of the housing structure  1303  (e.g., silicone) can be configured to surround or encase or envelop a portion of the ring structure  1301  at junction points  1406 ,  1408 . In some implementations, the housing structure  1303  comprises an opening  1410  in the anterior portion of the housing structure  1303 . In some implementations, the opening  1410  can be configured to receive an IOL  1304  and/or other device therethrough to be positioned in the housing structure  1303 . 
     The prosthetic device  1300  can advantageously comprise less mass and be less bulky relative to other example prosthetic devices disclosed herein. In some implementations, the prosthetic device  1300  is advantageous because the device  1300  is smaller and stronger relative to other example prosthetic devices disclosed herein. For example, the prosthetic device  1300  can be configured to allow for increased structural stability to self-retain structural shape and integrity through the ring structure  1301  while also reducing volume by reducing the amount of material used to construct the housing structure  1303 . For example, the prosthetic device  1300  comprises open space  1402 ,  1404  on each side of the housing structure  1303 . The prosthetic device  1300  thereby can comprise less volume and mass of material than devices that are diametrically continuous. In some implementations, the open spaces  1402 ,  1404  can allow for and/or promote fibrosis around the ring structure  1301  and/or in the open spaces  1402 ,  1404 . In some implementations, fibrosis around the ring structure  1301  and/or in the open spaces  1402 ,  1404  can help secure or anchor the prosthetic device  1300  to the eye and/or maintain the prosthetic device  1300  in a fixed position in the eye. In some implementations, fibrosis around the prosthetic device  1300  can reduce or eliminate the need for suturing the prosthetic device  1300  to the eye. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 B , the prosthetic device  1350  can lack or be free of a ring structure (e.g., the ring structure  1301 ). The material of the housing structure  1353  (e.g., comprising silicone) can be configured to appose interior sidewalls of the natural capsular bag at junction points  1456 ,  1458 . In some implementations, the housing structure  1353  comprises an opening  1460  in the anterior portion of the housing structure  1353 . In some implementations, the opening  1460  can be configured to receive an IOL  1304  and/or other device therethrough to be positioned in the housing structure  1353 . The prosthetic device  1350  can advantageously comprise less mass and be less bulky relative to other example prosthetic devices disclosed herein. The prosthetic device  1350  can be combined with a second component such as a capsular tension ring configured to hold the device  1350 . For example, the ring could be implanted first, and then the device  1350  could be coupled to the ring in situ. 
     During implantation, the prosthetic device  1300  can generally be folded or rolled up along the axis  1412  of the prosthetic device  1300 . After the device  1300  is rolled up or folded, the prosthetic device  1300  can be positioned within a insertion or injector device. In some implementations, the insertion or injector device comprises a wide first end opening and becomes progressively narrower until terminating at a narrow second end opening. In some implementations, the wide first end opening comprises a substantially oval configuration and the narrow second end opening comprises an arcuate (e.g., substantially circular, elliptical, etc.) configuration. In some implementations, the wide first end opening is configured to receive the prosthetic device  1300  and, as the prosthetic device  1300  is pushed through the funnel or tapering portion of the insertion or injector device, the prosthetic device  1300  is compressed as the device advances towards the narrow second end opening. 
     In some implementations, the prosthetic device  1300  is inserted or squeezed or compressed into the insertion device without folding or rolling up the prosthetic device  1300 . After positioning the distal end of the insertion device in the natural capsular bag  1318  of the eye  1302 , an implantation tool can be positioned within the insertion device to push the prosthetic device  1300  through and out of the insertion device and into the natural capsular bag  1318 . By having less mass, in particular lateral to the axis  1412 , the prosthetic device  1300  can be inserted through a narrower insertion device because the prosthetic device  1300  can be rolled up, folded, or compressed into a more compact form. A narrower insertion device allows a smaller incision in the eye, which can be beneficial to the patient. Generally, smaller incisions in the eye require less healing time and, in some cases, may be closed without sutures. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , the prosthetic device  1300  comprises a housing structure  1303  that is narrower than other examples of prosthetic devices disclosed herein. In some implementations, the narrower configuration of the housing structure  1303  can be advantageous for insertion of an IOL into the housing structure  1303 . For example, a narrower housing structure  1303  can inhibit or limit or prevent rotation of an IOL  1304  within the housing structure  1303 . By limiting, inhibiting, or preventing the rotation of the IOL  1304  within the housing structure  1303 , a surgeon or other user can be substantially certain that the position of the IOL  1304  will remain substantially constant over time. In some cases, changes in the IOL  1304  position over time can cause the patient to experience blurred or unclear vision. Limiting rotational freedom of the IOL  1304  within the housing structure  1303  can advantageously inhibit or prevent vision issues that might otherwise develop over time. For example, in toric IOLs, every 1 degree of rotation causes loss of approximately 3% of astigmatic correction such that if the lens rotates 15°, almost half of the corrective effect can be lost. In some instances, a surgeon or other user may not need to rotate an IOL  1304  within the housing structure  1303  to achieve a particular orientation if the surgeon or user can align the prosthetic device  1300  such that an IOL  1304  positioned in the device  1300  automatically or necessarily assumes the orientation. 
     With reference to  FIGS.  15 - 18   , the housing structure of the prosthetic device can have various shapes and/or sizes. Housing structures having various shapes and/or sizes can be advantageous because different shapes and/or sizes can accommodate different types of IOLs and/or other devices to be positioned within the housing structure. Some patients may benefit from a housing structure that is as compact as possible. For example, compact housing structures can include, without limitation, housing structures having a shape that is more spherical or circular or rounded in nature, or having tapered or angled sides. In these types of situations, implanting a prosthetic device having a housing structure that is as compact as possible can advantageously accommodate the surgical needs of the patient. For example, some patients have smaller natural capsular bags may benefit from a prosthetic device having a compact housing structure. 
     In some situations, a patient may benefit from two or more IOLs and/or devices to be positioned in the housing structure of the prosthetic device. In these types of situations, it could be beneficial for the prosthetic device to comprise a housing structure that provides for as much capacity as possible. For example, some patients may require or desire two or more IOLs to be positioned within the housing structure. Therefore, it may be beneficial to provide a housing structure that is less compact and is more cylindrical in order to provide more space for receiving two or more IOLs or other devices within the housing structure. In certain implementations, a housing structure that allows for the positioning of one or more IOLs or other devices at specific positions in the x, y, and/or z planes within the housing structure may be advantageous. For example, the surgeon can advantageously position an IOL in the anterior portion of the housing structure, or in the posterior portion of the housing structure, or in the middle portion of the housing structure. 
     In certain cases, the surgeon may find it difficult to ensure that the IOL is positioned within a desired portion of the housing structure. In certain implementations, the housing structure comprises ridges or grooves within the interior portion of the housing structure, which can help ensure that an IOL maintains a specific position within the housing structure. In some implementations, the housing structure comprises a pyramid-like configuration (e.g., frusto-pryamidal), which can help ensure that the IOL maintains a certain position within the housing structure. For example, the housing structure can have a width that is narrower at the anterior portion than at the posterior portion. In certain instances, an IOL or other device may comprise a certain diameter or width that inhibits or prevents the IOL or other device from moving past a certain point in the anterior portion due to the narrow width of the anterior portion of the housing structure. The housing structure may comprise a configuration wherein the posterior portion of the housing structure is narrower in width than the anterior portion of the housing structure. 
       FIG.  16    illustrates a prosthetic device  1600  comprises a housing structure  1602  having tapered sides  1604 A,  1604 B. The housing structure  1602  is coupled to the ring structure  1606  at the apices of the tapered sides  1604 A,  1604 B. As described above with respect to the ring structure  1301 , the ring structure  1606  can be embedded or attached or otherwise coupled to the housing structure  1602 . As discussed above, the prosthetic device  1600  can be advantageous in certain situations where a compact housing structure is required. By having tapered sides  1604 A,  1604 B, the housing structure  1602  occupies less volume. This type of configuration may be well-suited for natural capsular bags having small volume capacity, or having tapered side regions, or other conditions that may benefit from a prosthetic device  1600  having a compact housing structure  1602 . The prosthetic device  1600  can be advantageous for positioning an IOL and/or other device within the housing structure  1602  at a particular position in the housing structure  1602 . For example, the tapered sides  1604 A,  1604 B can be configured to inhibit or prevent migration of the IOL and/or other devices into the anterior and/or posterior regions of the housing structure  1602 . Although not illustrated, as described herein, the anterior end or face or surface of the device  1600  may comprise an opening through which an IOL and/or other devices can be inserted. The opening can be circular (e.g., like the opening  1410 ), may conform to the shape of the anterior surface, or take other shapes. The absence of illustration of an opening in an anterior face of example prosthetic devices herein is for clarity of other aspects of such devices and does not mean that such device lacks such an opening. 
       FIG.  17    illustrates a prosthetic device  1700  comprising a housing structure  1702  having a generally cylindrical (e.g., without material on two opposite sides of the cylinder) configuration in which the side walls  1704 A,  1704 B are perpendicular or substantially perpendicular to at least one of the anterior face  1708  and the posterior face  1710  of the housing structure  1702 . As discussed above, it can be advantageous for the housing structure  1702  to be configured with a shape that increases or maximizes internal volume of or capacity within the housing structure  1702  while still maintaining possible benefits of a ring structure  1706  and housing structure  1702 . By increasing or maximizing capacity, the housing structure  1702  can be configured to receive two or more IOLs and/or other devices that may be implanted in an eye of a patient. The configuration of the prosthetic device  1700  can be advantageous for patients having natural capsular bags that have large volume capacity. The housing structure  1702  can be configured to take up additional space within the natural capsular bag, for example mechanically expanding to maintain the shape or volume of the natural capsular bag. In some implementations, the housing structure  1702  comprises side walls  1704 A,  1704 B that have a curvature that is the same or substantially the same as the curvature of the ring structure  1706 . In some implementations, the housing structure  1702  is coupled to the ring structure  1706  at the side walls  1704 A,  1704 B. In some implementations, the side walls  1704 A,  1704 B are embedded, attached, or otherwise coupled to the ring structure  1706 . 
       FIG.  18    illustrates a prosthetic device  1800  comprising a housing structure  1802  having side walls  1804 A,  1804 B that form an angle with respect to the anterior face  1808  that is obtuse or greater than 90°, and the side walls  1804 A,  1804 B form an anterior angle with respect to the posterior face of the housing structure  1802  that is acute or less than 90°. The angles formed by the faces  1804 A,  1804 B may be the same or different. As discussed above, it can be advantageous for the housing structure  1802  to comprise a pyramid-like configuration in which a width at the anterior portion of the housing structure  1802  is smaller than the width at the posterior portion of the housing structure  1802 . For example, certain IOLs and/or other devices may comprise a diameter or width or other dimension that interacts with the housing structure  1802  to inhibit or prevent the IOL and/or other device from migrating beyond a certain point within a certain portion of the housing structure  1802 . For example, the narrower anterior portion of the housing structure  1802  can be configured to inhibit or prevent an IOL and/or other device having a certain dimension from migrating anteriorly beyond a certain point within the housing structure  1802 . 
     In some implementations, a surgeon or other user may desire to implant two or more IOLs and/or other devices within the housing structure  1802 . The surgeon or other user may desire that a first IOL or other device be spaced from a second IOL or other device within the housing structure  1802 . To accommodate the foregoing, the first IOL or other device can be positioned in the posterior portion of the housing structure  1802 , but is inhibited from migrating towards the anterior portion of the housing structure  1802  (e.g., by comprising a width, diameter, or other dimension that is too large for the smaller anterior portion), and the second IOL or other device can be positioned in the anterior portion of the housing structure  1802  (e.g., by comprising a width, diameter, or other dimension that is small enough to fit in the smaller anterior portion). As illustrated in  FIG.  18   , the housing structure  1802  can be coupled to a ring structure  1806 . In certain implementations, the ring structure  1806  is embedded, attached, or otherwise coupled to the housing structure  1802  (e.g., to the side walls  1804 A,  1804 B of the housing structure  1802 ). In certain implementations, the housing structure  1802  comprises side walls  1804 A,  1804 B having curvatures that are the same or substantially the same as the curvature of the ring  1806 . In certain implementations, the sidewalls  1804 A,  1804 B are generally flat between rounded edges and the housing structure  1802  is attached to the ring structure  1806  at edge points of the housing structure  1802 . 
       FIGS.  19 - 22 C  illustrate example prosthetic devices comprising a housing structure that is coupled to a sinusoidal or zigzag or undulating or wave-like ring structure as opposed to a circular, oval, or otherwise arcuate configuration. In certain implementations, the ring structure is in a plane that is substantially parallel to the anterior surface of the housing structure. In some implementations, the ring structure comprises a shape that ripples in a direction perpendicular or substantially perpendicular to the anterior surface. In some implementations, the ring structure comprises a shape that ripples both in a plane that is parallel to the anterior surface and in a direction substantially perpendicular to the anterior surface. The ring structure can be configured to have a sinusoidal shape in a horizontal direction relative to the anterior surface, in a vertical direction relative to the anterior surface, or in both a horizontal direction and a vertical direction relative to the anterior surface. 
     The sinusoidal shape of the ring structure may increase securement or anchoring of the ring structure to the natural capsular bag. For example, the shape and dimensions of the natural capsular bag varies greatly from patient to patient. In some instances, the shape of the natural capsular bag of a patient is not completely circular or oval or elliptical in shape. In some instances, the shape of the natural capsular bag is irregular and/or asymmetrical. A ring structure having a sinusoidal shape can flex and conform to the shape of the natural capsular bag, which can provide improved positioning within an irregular natural capsular bag shape. In certain implementations, the tips or apices or radially outward portions of the sinusoidal wave are configured to engage the natural capsular bag. The shape of the sinusoidal ring structure may be substantially regular (e.g., as shown in  FIGS.  19 - 22 C ) or may vary. For example, some apices may have a larger diameter than other apices. For another example, some apices may be biased in an anterior direction and other apices may be biased in a posterior direction. For another example, some apices may comprise a bend and other apices may comprise a coil or ring (e.g., as shown in  FIGS.  21 - 22 C ). In certain implementations, a ring structure having a substantially circular or oval or elliptical configuration may not be able to conform to an irregular and/or asymmetrical shape of a natural capsular bag as well as a ring structure having a sinusoidal shape. 
     In some implementations, the sinusoidal shape of the ring structure can be substituted with a coil structure that forms the ring structure around the housing structure. 
       FIG.  19    illustrates an example prosthetic device  1900  comprising a sinusoidal ring structure  1906  and a housing structure  1902 . The housing structure  1902  can comprise an opening  1910  in the anterior surface  1912 . The opening  1910 , as described in other examples herein, can be configured to receive an IOL or other device (e.g., technology device) therethrough in order to position the IOL or other device in the housing structure  1902 . In some implementations, the ring structure  1906  is configured to be coupled to the housing structure  1902 . In the example device  1900  illustrated in  FIG.  19   , the ring structure  1906  is embedded within the housing structure  1902  at portions  1908 A,  1908 B such that the ring structure  1906  is partially encapsulated by the housing structure  1902 . In certain implementations, the ring structure  1906  is attached or coupled to the housing structure  1902 . In certain implementations, the housing structure  1906  is attached to the interior portion of the housing structure  1902 . In certain implementations, the ring structure  1906  is attached to the exterior portion of the housing structure  1902 . The ring structure  1906  may be non-undulating or substantially arcuate where the ring structure  1906  is configured to be coupled to the housing structure  1902 , for example to reduce manufacturing complexity. The ring structure  1906  may continue the sinusoidal shape for engagement of more material with the housing structure  1902  at the portions  1908 A,  1908 B. The ring structure  1906  may have a different sinusoidal shape for engagement with the housing structure  1902  at the portions  1908 A,  1908 B, for example to lock into place at a particular orientation. 
       FIG.  20    illustrates an example of a prosthetic device  2000 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  2000  comprises a housing structure  2002  that is coupled to a ring structure  2006 . In contrast to the prosthetic device  1900  of  FIG.  19   , the prosthetic device  2000  can be configured to have an elongate housing structure  2002  that has an even larger length along the axis  2008  than width along the axis  2010 , or length to width ratio. As described above, it can be advantageous to have a prosthetic device  2000  having a housing structure  2002  that is elongate in the axis  2008  in order to accommodate IOL and/or other devices to be positioned in the housing structure  2002 . A housing structure  2002  that is elongate in the axis  2008  may advantageously take up additional space within the natural capsular bag such that the housing structure  2002  can be better suited for mechanically expanding and/or maintaining the natural shape of the natural capsular bag, but the smaller dimensions in the axis  2010  can reduce the volume of the device  2000  for insertion. The housing structure  2002  can be configured to be elongate in the axis  2010 . As discussed above, a housing structure  2002  that is wider along the axis  2010  than the axis  2008 , or vice versa, can be configured to receive IOLs and other devices having a wider diameter or width or other dimension. In some implementations, the prosthetic device  2000  can be elongate both in the axial direction  2008  and the axial direction  2010  (e.g., having a shape of a rounded square). 
       FIGS.  21 - 22 B  illustrate examples of prosthetic devices  2100 ,  2200 ,  2250 , respectively, comprising a housing structure  2102 ,  2202  that is coupled to a ring structure  2106 ,  2206 . In some implementations, the ring structure  2106 ,  2206  comprises eyelets  2108 A,  2108 B,  2108 C,  2108 D. In certain implementations, the eyelets  2108 A,  2108 B,  2108 C,  2108 D can be configured to receive a suture to allow the surgeon or other user to suture the ring structure  2106  to the natural capsular bag, iris, ciliary body, sclera, or other eye tissue. In some implementations, the eyelets  2108 A,  2108 B,  2108 C,  2108 D can be configured to allow and/or promote fibrosis formation within the eyelets  2108 A,  2108 B,  2108 C,  2108 D to secure or anchor the prosthetic device  2100 ,  2200 ,  2250  in the natural capsular bag. In certain implementations, the prosthetic device  2100 ,  2200 ,  2250  comprising eyelets  2108 A,  2108 B,  2108 C,  2108 D can be advantageous in situations in which the prosthetic device  2100 ,  2200 ,  2250  is implanted in the eye of a patient for long periods of time. As the eye ages, the eye changes in shape and elasticity. Eyelets  2108 A,  2108 B,  2108 C,  2108 D that allow a surgeon or other used to secure the ring structure  2106 ,  2206  to an eye by suturing may advantageously properly secure the prosthetic device  2100 ,  2200 ,  2250  to the eye of a patient throughout these changes. By suturing the ring structure  2106 ,  2206  to the eye, the prosthetic device  2100 ,  2200 ,  2250  can be inhibited or prevented from migrating to a different position in the eye as the eye changes shape and/or elasticity due to age. The eyelets  2108 A,  2108 B,  2108 C,  2108 D may comprise bends that are at least 360° at an exterior point or loops or coils or in the ring  2106 , which can increase spring force at the apices, which can provide increased conformation to the natural capsular bag. 
       FIG.  22 A  illustrates an example of a prosthetic device  2200 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  2200  comprises a housing structure  2202  that is coupled to at least two ring portions  2206 A,  2206 B. In contrast to the device  2100  in which the ring structure  2106  is embedded in the housing structure  2102 , the ring portions  2206 A,  2206 B can be attached or coupled to the housing structure  2202  at junction points  2210 A,  2210 B,  2210 C,  2210 D such that the ring portions  2206 A,  2206 B are not substantially embedded in the housing structure  2202 . In some implementations, the housing structure  2202  can comprise edge portions  2208 A,  2208 B that do not comprise or lack or are free of ring portions  2206 A,  2206 B along substantially the entire length of the edge portions  2208 A,  2208 B. In some implementations, the edge portions  2208 A,  2208 B are configured to be more easily folded by not embedding or being coupled to a ring portions  2206 A,  2206 B across the entire length of the edge portions  2208 A,  2208 B. The ring portions  2206 A,  2206 B may be the same or different, for example comprising different shapes, materials, dimensions, bend types, combinations thereof, and the like. The ring portions  2206 A,  2206 B may be configured for a specific orientation in the eye (e.g., the ring portion  2206 A medial, the ring portion  2206 A being dorsal, etc.). 
     In some implementations, the edge portions  2208 A,  2208 B comprise sufficient mechanical structural support to inhibit or prevent the housing structure  2202  from collapsing under the forces exerted by the natural capsular bag of the eye. For example, the edge portions  2208 A,  2208 B may comprise one or more raised ridge regions along a length of the edge portions  2208 A,  2208 B. As discussed above, reducing the amount of mass and/or material utilized to construct the prosthetic device  2200  can allow the device  2200  to be rolled up or folded along the lengthwise axis  2212  in such a way that the prosthetic device  2200  may be inserted into an insertion tool having a small diameter. By utilizing an insertion tool having a small diameter, the surgeon or other user can make an incision in the eye that is less than about 3.5 mm, less than about 3.4 mm, less than about 3.3 mm, less than about 3.2 mm, less than about 3.1 mm, less than about 3 mm, less than about 2.9 mm, less than about 2.8 mm, less than about 2.7 mm, less than about 2.6 mm, less than about 2.5 mm, less than about 2.4 mm, less than about 2.3 mm, less than about 2.2 mm, less than about 2.1 mm, less than about 2 mm, less than about 1.9 mm, or less than about 1.8 mm. 
       FIG.  22 B  illustrates an example of a prosthetic device  2250 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  2250  comprises a housing structure  2252  that is coupled to at least two ring portions  2256 A,  2256 B. In contrast to the device  2100  in which the ring structure  2106  is embedded across an entire length of a portion of the housing structure  2102 , and in contrast to the device  2200  in which the ring portions  2206 A,  2206 B are attached or coupled to the housing structure  2202  at junction points  2210 A,  2210 B,  2210 C,  2210 D such that the ring portions  2206 A,  2206 B are not substantially embedded in the housing structure  2202 , the device  2250  comprises ring portions  2256 A,  2256 B that are partially embedded in the housing structure  2252  by at least one of end anchors  2260 A,  2260 B,  2260 C,  2260 D (e.g., into end portions  2258 A,  2258 B of the housing structure  2252 ) and longitudinal anchors  2262 A,  2262 B (e.g., into side portions  2258 C,  2258 D of the housing structure  2252 ). The end anchors  2260 A,  2260 B,  2260 C,  2260 D can extend into edge portions  2258 A,  2258 B of the housing structure  2252  by the same amount or by different amounts. In some implementations, at least one of the end anchors  2260 A,  2260 B,  2260 C,  2260 D comprises an arcuate shape that changes direction at least once (e.g., an “S” shape). The shapes of the end anchors  2260 A,  2260 B,  2260 C,  2260 D may be the same or different. The longitudinal anchors  2262 A,  2262 B can extend along an entire length of the side portions  2258 C,  2258 D of the housing structure  2252  (e.g., as shown in  FIG.  22 B ) or partially along a length of the side portions  2258 C,  2258 D of the housing structure  2252 . The longitudinal anchors  2262 A,  2262 B can extend along the side portions  2258 C,  2258 D of the housing structure  2252  by the same amount or by different amounts. In some implementations, at least one of the longitudinal anchors  2262 A,  2262 B comprises a shape that changes direction at least once (e.g., turning towards a longitudinal center of the housing structure  2250 ). The shapes of the longitudinal anchors  2262 A,  2262 B may be the same or different. One or more of the end anchors  2260 A,  2260 B,  2260 C,  2260 D and/or the longitudinal anchors  2262 A,  2262 B may comprise a shape configured to provide secure anchoring in the housing structure  2252  (e.g., an undulating shape, a coil shape, a direction-changing shape, etc.). The end anchors  2260 A,  2260 B,  2260 C,  2260 D and the longitudinal anchors  2262 A,  2262 B may be connected in one or more locations. For example, instead of or in addition to being connected proximate to the points of entry into the housing structure  2252 , the end anchors  2260 A,  2260 B,  2260 C,  2260 D and the longitudinal anchors  2262 A,  2262 B may be connected in the housing structure  2252  inward of the edges of the housing structure  2252 . 
       FIG.  22 B  also illustrates example dimensions of the device  2250 . The external length  2270  of the housing structure  2252  may be between about 9 mm and about 11 mm (e.g., between about 9.5 mm and about 10 mm). The internal length  2272  of the housing structure  2252  may be between about 8 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., about 9 mm). The external width  2274  of the housing structure  2252  may be between about 6 mm and about 8 mm (e.g., about 7 mm). The external length to width ratio (e.g.,  2270 / 2274 ) may be between about 1.125:1 and about 2:1 (e.g., about 1.4:1). The internal width  2276  of the housing structure  2252  may be between about 6 mm and about 7 mm (e.g., about 6.5 mm). The length or width  2278  of the opening in the anterior side may be between about 5 mm and about 7 mm (e.g., about 6 mm). As discussed herein, the opening may have shapes other than circular and appropriate dimensions in accordance with such shapes. The external width  2280  of the device  2250  (e.g., including the housing structure  2252  and the ring portions  2256 A,  2256 B) may be between about 9 mm and about 11 mm (e.g., between about 9.5 mm and about 10 mm). The distance  2282  between the housing structure  2252  and the outermost part of the ring portions  2256 A,  2256 B may be between about 1 mm and about 2 mm (e.g., about 1.5 mm). Referring to  FIG.  22 C , which is a side perspective view of the device  2250 , the external thickness or depth or height  2284  of the housing structure  2252  may be between about 2 mm and about 3 mm (e.g., about 2.5 mm). 
       FIGS.  23 - 25    illustrate an example of a prosthetic device  2300  comprising a housing structure  2301  that is coupled to an anterior ring structure  2304  and a posterior ring structure  2302 . In some implementations, the anterior ring structure  2304  is coupled to the anterior portion of the housing structure  2301  and the posterior ring structure  2302  is coupled to the posterior portion of the housing structure  2301 . In some implementations, the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  can be coupled to other areas of the housing structure  2301 . For example, the anterior ring structure  2304  can be positioned slightly posterior from the anterior edge of the anterior portion of the housing structure  2301  and the posterior ring structure  2302  can be positioned slightly anterior from the posterior edge of the posterior portion of the housing structure  2301 . As described above, the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  can be embedded in the housing structure  2301  or the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  can be attached or coupled in some other fashion to the housing structure  2301 . In some implementations, the housing structure  2301  can comprise an opening  2404  in the anterior surface of the housing structure  2301 . In some implementations, the opening  2404  can be configured to receive therethrough an IOL  2303  or other device that is to be positioned within the housing structure  2301 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  23   , the prosthetic device  2300  can be configured to be positioned in the natural capsular bag  1318  such that the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  are oriented parallel or substantially parallel to the plane of the circumference  1305  of the natural capsular bag  1318 . As illustrated in  FIG.  23   , the prosthetic device  2300  is not positioned such that the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  are oriented in an anterior-posterior direction  2312 ; however, in some implementations, the prosthetic device can be configured such that the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  can be oriented in an anterior-posterior direction  2312 . If the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  are positioned in an anterior-posterior direction, the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  may be configured to be smaller, oval, and have dimensions less than the diameter of the ring structures shown in  FIG.  23    and/or may be positioned substantially near the top region  2311  and the bottom region  2310  of the natural capsular bag  1318  (e.g., radially outward of the pupil such that the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  are not in the optical path). In some implementations, the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  can advantageously be configured to provide the prosthetic device  2300  with sufficient mechanical force to mechanically expand and/or maintain the natural shape of the natural capsular bag  1318  and to inhibit or prevent the capsular bag  1318  from collapsing. In some implementations, the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  can be helpful in securing the housing structure  2301  in the natural capsular bag  1318  in a fixed or substantially fixed position. 
     In some implementations, the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  can be helpful in maintaining the shape and/or size of the housing structure  2301  and/or can inhibit or prevent the housing structure  2301  from at least partially or fully collapsing (e.g., radially inwardly contracting) due to the forces exerted by or on the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the ring structures  2304 ,  2302  can be helpful in causing the prosthetic device  2300  to return to an expanded configuration (e.g., to self-expand) after the prosthetic device  2300  has been rolled up and inserted into the insertion tool for implantation in the natural capsular bag  1318 . As discussed above, the prosthetic device  2300  is an advantageous design because the prosthetic device  2300  comprises less mass and housing material as compared to other examples disclosed herein. A prosthetic device  2300  having less mass and material can be rolled up into a more compact form for placement in a smaller insertion tool, thereby allowing a smaller incision in the eye. 
       FIGS.  26 - 30    illustrate an example of a prosthetic device  2600  comprising a housing structure  2608  that is coupled to an anterior ring structure  2606  at an anterior portion of the housing structure  2608 , that is coupled to a posterior ring structure  2602  at a posterior portion  2612  of the housing structure  2608 , and that is coupled to an intermediate ring structure  2604  at an intermediate portion of the housing structure  2608  between the anterior portion of the housing structure and the posterior portion of the housing structure. The intermediate portion of the housing structure  2608  may be at a substantial midpoint between the anterior and posterior portions of the housing structure  2608 , may be closer to the anterior portion of the housing structure  2608 , or may be closer to the posterior portion of the housing structure  2608 . In some implementations, the anterior and posterior ring structures  2606 ,  2602  comprise a diameter or dimension that is substantially the same whereas the intermediate ring structure  2604  comprises a diameter or dimension that is greater than the diameters or dimensions of the posterior and anterior ring structures  2606 ,  2602 . In some implementations, the ring structures  2602 ,  2604 ,  2606  each comprises a diameter or dimension that is substantially the same. In some implementations, the anterior ring structure  2606 , the posterior ring structure  2602 , and the intermediate ring structure  2604  each comprises a diameter or dimension that is different from each other. 
     In some implementations, the prosthetic device  2600  is positioned within the natural capsular bag  1318  in a plane that is parallel or substantially parallel to the plane of the circumference  1305  of the natural capsular bag  1318 . As illustrated in  FIG.  26   , the prosthetic device  2600  is not positioned in an anterior-posterior direction. In some implementations, the prosthetic device  2600  comprises an opening  2702  in the anterior surface  2614 . In some implementations, the opening  2702  is configured to receive therethrough an IOL  2610  and/or other device to be positioned in the housing structure  2608 . 
     In some implementations, the three ring structures  2602 ,  2604 ,  2606  coupled to the housing structure  2608  can better secure the prosthetic device  2600  within the natural capsular bag  1318 , for example due to increased surface area with which the prosthetic device  2600  can contact the interior surface of the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the ring structures  2602 ,  2604 ,  2606  can be configured to provide greater mechanical force to expand and maintain the natural shape of the natural capsular bag  1318  and inhibit or prevent the natural capsular bag  1318  from collapsing under the forces of or on the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the three ring structures  2602 ,  2604 ,  2606  can be configured to take up additional volume and space within the natural capsular bag  1318  to expand and maintain the natural shape of the natural capsular bag  1318 . 
       FIGS.  29  and  30    illustrate an example of a prosthetic device  2900 . The prosthetic device  2900  is similar to the prosthetic device  2600  in that the prosthetic device  2900  comprises three ring structures  2902 ,  2904 ,  2906  that are coupled to a housing structure  2901 . The three ring structures  2902 ,  2904 ,  2906  are also connected to each other through a plurality of connecting structures or struts  2908 . In some implementations, the connecting structures  2908  are configured to stabilize and maintain the position and/or structure of the three ring structures  2902 ,  2904 ,  2906 . In some implementations, stabilizing the three ring structures  2902 ,  2904 ,  2906  can allow the prosthetic device  2900  to better mechanically expand and maintain the natural shape and/or size of the natural capsular bag. The connecting structures  2908  can be helpful in inhibiting or preventing the housing structure  2901  from collapsing under the forces of the natural capsular bag. Similar to the other examples of the prosthetic device disclosed herein, the housing structure  2901  can be configured to receive an IOL  2912  and/or other devices in the housing structure  2901 . The connecting structures  2908  may comprise straight bars, coils, sinusoidal structures, other appropriate shapes, combinations thereof, and the like. The connecting structures  2908  may be oriented substantially in an anterior-posterior direction, may be circumferentially angled like triangle supports, may be radially angled to account for diameter differences, combinations thereof, and the like. The connecting structures  2908  between the rings  2902 ,  2904  may be aligned (e.g., in a same circumferential position) with the connecting structures  2908  between the rings  2902 ,  2904 , misaligned (e.g., in different circumferential positions) with the connecting structures  2908  between the rings  2902 ,  2904 , and combinations thereof. The prosthetic device  2900  may comprise connecting structures connecting the rings  2902 ,  2906 . The connecting structures  2908  may comprise a same material as the ring structures  2902 ,  2904 ,  2906  (e.g., making manufacturing and/or coupling easier) or a different material than the ring structures  2902 ,  2904 ,  2906  (e.g., allowing material more suitable for support such as having high rigidity to be used for the connecting structures  2908 ). 
       FIGS.  31 - 33    illustrate an example of a prosthetic device  3100 . The prosthetic device  3100  comprises a housing structure  3106  coupled to an anterior ring structure  3102  and a posterior ring structure  3104 . The ring structures  3102 ,  3104  connect with each other at junction points  3114 ,  3116 . The junction points  3114 ,  3116  can be substantially evenly spaced or opposite about the circumference of the ring structures  3102 ,  3104  or asymmetrically spaced about the circumference of the ring structures  3102 ,  3104 . Fewer (e.g., one) or more (e.g., greater than two) junction points are also possible. In some implementations, the anterior ring structure  3102  is coupled to an anterior portion of the housing structure  3106  and the posterior ring structure  3104  is coupled to a posterior portion of the housing structure  3106 . In some implementations, the ring structures  3102 ,  3104 , where connected to the housing structure  3106 , are in planes that are parallel or substantially parallel with each other. Portions of the ring structures  3102 ,  3104  that are not connected to the housing structure  3106  are intersect each other at the junction points  3114 ,  3116 . In some implementations, the ring structures  3102 ,  3104  are continuous monolithic structures. In some implementations, the ring structures  3102 ,  3104  comprise two, three, or more components that are coupled or fused together to form the ring structures  3102 ,  3104 . 
     In some implementations, ring structures  3102 ,  3104  connected at junction points  3116 ,  3114  can provide better structural support and integrity for the prosthetic device  3100 . By strengthening the structural integrity, the prosthetic device  3100  can be configured to better mechanically maintain and/or expand the natural capsular bag  1318 . The structural integrity provided by the connected ring structures  3102 ,  3104  can help inhibit or prevent the housing structure  3106  from collapsing under the forces of the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the ring structures  3102 ,  3104  can be configured to be spring-like such that the ring structures  3102 ,  3104  can be configured to flex radially in and out depending on the forces exerted on the prosthetic device  3100 . In this regard, the ring structures  3102 ,  3104  can be configured to better hold the shape of the natural capsular bag  1318  and/or can be configured to inhibit or prevent or mitigate the tendency for the prosthetic device  3100  to rotate in the natural capsular bag  1318  or eye. 
       FIGS.  34  and  35    illustrate examples of prosthetic devices  3400 ,  3500 , respectively. With reference to  FIG.  34   , the prosthetic device  3400  comprises a housing structure  3402  that is coupled to a ring structure  3406 . In some implementations, the housing structure  3402  comprises an opening  3401  that is configured to receive therethrough an IOL  3406  and/or other devices to be positioned in the housing structure  3402 . In some implementations, the housing structure  3402  is configured to have an hourglass configuration such that the prosthetic device  3400  comprises arced or almond-shaped cutout portions  3408 ,  3410 . The prosthetic device  3400  can be advantageous because the hourglass shape of the housing structure  3402  can allow for the distal portions  3412 A,  3412 B of the haptics  3414 A,  3414 B, respectively, of an IOL  3406  to be moved to various positions within the housing structure  3402 . For example, the IOL  3406  can be rotated counterclockwise until the distal tips  3412 A,  3412 B of the haptics  3414 A,  3414 B, respectively, touch the arc edge portions  3416 A,  3416 B, respectively. The IOL  3406  can be inhibited or prevented from rotating clockwise, providing rotational certainty. Alternatively, the IOL  3406  could be rotated clockwise into another (e.g., opposite) position. The IOL  3406  may be rotated differently if the haptics  3414 A,  3414 B are shaped differently. 
     By providing rotational flexibility and certainty for the IOL  3406  positioned in the housing  3402 , the surgeon or other user can better position the IOL  3406  in the eye to achieve good or best performance or results for the patient. With reference to  FIG.  35   , the prosthetic device  3500  can provide similar rotational flexibility as disclosed for the prosthetic device  3400 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  3500  comprises a housing structure  3502  that is coupled to a ring structure  3504 . The housing structure  3502  can comprise wing portions  3508 ,  3510 . In some implementations, the wing portions  3508 ,  3510  are configured to receive the distal portions  3512 A,  3512 B of the haptics  3506 ,  3507 , respectively, of an IOL  3506 . The wing portions  3508 ,  3510  may include a bulbous end (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  35   ), may taper to a point or a blunt end, or have any other shape suitable for interacting with the haptics  3506 ,  3507 . The surgeon or other user can rotate the IOL  3506  in a counterclockwise direction, for example until the haptics  3506 ,  3507  engage or interact with the wing portions  3508 ,  3510 , in order to better position the IOL  3506  within the eye to achieve good or best performance or results for the patient. In an embodiment, the wing portions  3508 ,  3510  may also be designed to engage the housing structure  3502  more proximally, substantially decreasing the volume of the prosthetic device  3500 . In an embodiment, the prosthetic device can be form fitted to the IOL. This configuration of the prosthetic device can be limited in application to a prosthetic device  3500  capable of simply housing another IOL  3506  without the ability to rotate said IOL  3506  or haptics  3506 ,  3507 , or distal portions  3512 A,  3512 B within said prosthetic device  3500  or to contain much additional technology. In an embodiment, the peripheral outline of such a device can be configured to substantially follow the shape of a traditional IOL  3506 . Additionally, the ring structure may or may not be present in such an implementation. 
       FIG.  36    illustrates a prosthetic device  3600  comprising a housing structure  3601  that is coupled to a ring structure  3603 . In some implementations, the housing structure  3601  comprises an opening in the posterior portion  3606  of the housing structure  3601 . In some implementations, the posterior portion  3606  of the housing structure can be configured to receive a lens structure  3602 . As described herein, the lens structure  3602  can serve as a refractive lens that provides a reference point for the surgeon or other user to select an appropriate IOL and to position the IOL in the housing structure  3601  to achieve good or best performance or results for the patient. In some implementations, the housing structure  3601  comprises a second opening in the anterior portion  3608  of the housing structure  3601 . As described herein, the second opening in the anterior portion  3608  can be configured to receive therethrough an IOL  3604  and/or other devices to be positioned in the housing structure  3601 . 
     The prosthetic device  3600  can be advantageous because, by including a separate lens structure, the prosthetic device  3600 , more specifically the housing structure  3601 , can have a reduced mass versus devices comprising an integral or coupled refractive posterior portion. With less mass in the housing structure  3601 , the prosthetic device  3600  can be rolled up or folded in a more compact fashion for positioning into an insertion tool. A surgeon or other user may be able to utilize a smaller insertion tool that uses a smaller incision. The surgeon or other user can couple the prosthetic device  3600  to the lens  3602  while each component is in the natural capsular bag, for example after being delivered through an incision in series. After the components have expanded (e.g., self-expanded) into their expanded states, the surgeon or user can position the lens  3602  into the opening of the posterior portion  3606 . The surgeon may create a posterior capsulorhexis while still supporting the housing structure  3601  (e.g., in combination with a ring structure  3603 ) and the posterior segment  3602 , which could enhance the ease or reduce the difficulty of performing a procedure for inserting the device  3600  through manual means, and can inhibit or prevent vitreous prolapse. The device  3600  may be used in conjunction with a femtosecond laser to create the posterior capsulorhexis. After the posterior capsulorhexis is created, the posterior capsular material can be removed from the eye, which can inhibit or prevent (e.g., forever) development of a posterior capsular opacification, and which can possibly inhibit or prevent long term shifts in IOL position through capsular contraction. Before or after the housing structure  3601  is inserted, the lens  3602  of the prosthetic capsular device  3600  could be inserted. 
     In some implementations, the lens  3602  can be configured to be coupled to the opening in the posterior portion  3606  using a friction fit. In some implementations, the lens  3602  is coupled to the opening in the posterior portion  3606  through sutures or other mechanisms for attaching the lens  3602  to the posterior portion  3606 . As described in other examples herein, the prosthetic device  3600  can comprise an opening in the anterior portion  3608  of the housing structure  3601 . In some implementations, the opening in the anterior portion  3608  can be configured to receive therethrough an IOL  3604  and/or other devices for positioning in the housing structure  3601 . 
       FIGS.  37 A and  37 B  illustrate an example of a prosthetic device  3700 . The prosthetic device  3700  comprises a housing structure  3701  comprising a plurality of tabs  3703 . In some implementations, the housing structure  3701  comprises an opening  3704  in the posterior portion of the housing structure  3701  for receiving a separate lens  3702 . In some implementations, the housing structure  3701  comprises an opening  3706  in the anterior portion  3708  of the housing structure  3701 . In some implementations, the opening  3706  in the anterior portion  3708  can be configured to receive therethrough an IOL and/or other devices for positioning in the housing structure  3701 . 
       FIGS.  38 A- 38 B  illustrate an example of a prosthetic device  3800 . The prosthetic device  3800  comprises a housing structure  3801  that is coupled to a ring structure  3803 A,  3803 B. In some implementations, the housing structure  3801  comprises an opening  3804  in the posterior portion  3808  of the housing structure  3801 . In some implementations, the opening  3804  is configured to receive a lens structure  3802 . In some implementations, the housing structure  3801  comprises an opening  3806  in the anterior portion  3810  of the housing structure  3801 . In some implementations, the opening  3806  can be configured to receive therethrough an IOL and/or other devices for positioning in the housing structure  3801 . 
     In some implementations of a multi-component prosthetic capsular device assembly comprising a separate posterior optic, the posterior optic may be coupled to a housing structure without a posterior optic (e.g., instead comprising a posterior opening, a non-refractively powered membrane, or a refractively powered optic configured to provide partial refractive power). For example, the housing structure may include one or more openings or slits and the posterior optic can include a post having a lip, vice versa, or combinations thereof. In some implementations, a pattern of openings and posts can be a proprietary lock and key configuration, for example to ensure quality control. The posterior optic can be inserted separately from (e.g., before or after) the housing structure, which could reduce material volume during each injection, reducing incision size. When the post is inserted through an opening, the lip can inhibit or prevent the posterior optic from uncoupling from the housing structure. If desired, the posterior optic can be exchanged, for example by forcing the lip through the opening, which can allow flexibility for a variety of potentially desired optics (e.g., multifocal, toric, higher power, lower power, etc.). In some implementations, the pattern can include threads (e.g., external threads on the optic and internal threads on the opening, or vice versa) having a particular winding density, helical width, etc. 
       FIG.  39    illustrates an example of a prosthetic device  3900 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  3900  comprises a substantially planar housing structure  3901  that is coupled to a ring structure  3903  (e.g., comprising a polyimide loop structure). The ring structure  3903  may include features described herein (e.g., arcuate or sinusoidal shape, coupling or anchoring to the housing structure  3901 ). In some implementations, the substantially planar housing structure  3901  comprises a refractive portion  3904 . Unlike other examples disclosed herein, the prosthetic device  3900  is not configured to receive an IOL and/or other devices for positioning in the substantially planar housing structure  3901 . Rather, the substantially planar housing structure  3901  is configured to retain the refractive portion  3904  within the natural capsular bag  1318 . 
     Similar to the posterior refractive portion of the housing structures within the prosthetic devices described herein, the refractive portion  3904  can be used by a surgeon or other user as a point of reference in determining or selecting an IOL  3902  for implantation in the natural capsular bag  1318 . The prosthetic device  3900  can be advantageous because without a three-dimensional housing structure, further mass and material can be removed from the prosthetic device  3900 . With additional mass and material removed from the prosthetic device  3900 , the device can be rolled up or folded in a more compact fashion for insertion into the insertion tool. With a more compact folded configuration, the surgeon can utilize a insertion tool with a smaller diameter and can make a smaller incision in the eye. The housing structure  3901  may still provide other advantages described herein such as providing a barrier to contact with the vitreous humor, housing electronics and other structures, etc. 
       FIG.  40    illustrates an example of a prosthetic device  4000 . The device  4000  may be substantially similar in composition to a capsular tension ring. The prosthetic device  4000  comprises a wire frame  4004 . The wire frame  4004  comprise or can be made of a single material or combination of materials that are biocompatible within the eye, including, but not limited to, PMMA, acrylic, silicone, collamer, nitinol, nylon, polypropylene, polyimide, PTFE, polyester, combinations thereof, and the like. In some implementations, the wire frame  4004  comprises a curled up shape configured to encircle the natural capsular bag  1318  multiple times, which can create volumetric separation of the anterior and posterior capsules while providing stability to the capsular bag in instances where zonules may be weak, torn, damaged and/or absent. In some implementations, the wire frame  4004  is configured to expand in the natural capsular bag  1318  to mechanically expand and/or maintain the size of the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  4000  is configured to receive an IOL  4002  and/or other devices for implantation in the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the wire frame  4004  of the prosthetic device  4000  is curled in a fashion so as to not interfere with the optical path. In some implementations, the lack of a housing structure of the prosthetic device  4000  may advantageously allow mass and material to be omitted from the prosthetic device  4000 . With less mass and material, the prosthetic device  4000  can be more compactly rolled up or folded into an insertion tool. Having a more compact form can allow the surgeon to utilize an insertion tool having a smaller diameter and/or can allow the surgeon or other user to make a smaller incision in the eye. The prosthetic device  4000  may still provide other advantages described herein such as providing a barrier to contact with the vitreous humor, housing electronics and other structures, etc. In some implementations, the prosthetic device  4000  comprises a refractive surface. 
       FIG.  4 I  illustrates an example of a prosthetic device  4100 . The prosthetic device  4100  comprises a housing structure  4102  that is coupled to an outer ring structure  4104  and an inner ring structure  4106 . In some implementations, the outer ring structure  4104  is configured to be positioned in the sulcus  1322 A,  1322 B of the eye (e.g., as described herein with respect to the flange  20 ). In some implementations, the inner ring structure  4106  is configured to be positioned in the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  4100  can be advantageous because by positioning the outer ring structure  4104  in the sulcus  1322 A,  1322 B, the housing structure  4102  can be securely positioned in the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the outer ring structure  4104  can be configured to inhibit or prevent the housing structure  4102  of the prosthetic device  4100  from migrating in or out of the natural capsular bag  1318 . By maintaining the position of the housing structure  4102 , the prosthetic device  4100  can be maintained in the eye at a fixed position even as the eye changes over time. In some implementations, the inner ring structure  4106  can be configured to mechanically expand and/or maintain the natural volume of the natural capsular bag  1318 . In some implementations, the housing structure  4102  can be configured to receive through an opening in an anterior surface an IOL  4108  and/or other devices for positioning in the housing structure  4102 . 
       FIG.  42    illustrates an example of a prosthetic device  4200 . The prosthetic device  4200  comprises a housing portion  4201  that is coupled to one or more ring structures  4203 . In some implementations, the housing structure  4201  comprises an anterior portion  4204 . Unlike in other examples disclosed herein, the anterior portion  4204  does not comprise an opening but rather comprises a refractive portion. In some implementations, the housing portion  4201  comprises a posterior portion  4208 . Unlike in other examples disclosed herein, the posterior portion  4208  does not comprise a refractive portion but rather comprises an opening for receiving an IOL  4206  and/or other devices for positioning in the housing structure  4201 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  4200  can be advantageous because the prosthetic device  4200  can be combined with an IOL  4202  to act like a telescope or an apparatus for magnifying the visibility of objects. In order to produce the magnification of objects, the prosthetic device  4200  is utilized to create space between the IOL  4202  and the refractive portion in the anterior portion  4204  and/or the IOL  4206  positioned within the housing structure  4201 . 
       FIG.  43 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example of a prosthetic capsular device  4300 . The device  4300  comprises an anterior side  4302 , a posterior side  4304 , and sidewalls  4306  extending between the anterior side  4302  and the posterior side  4304 . The anterior side  4302  comprises an opening  4308 . The posterior side  4304  optionally comprises a refractive surface  4310 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  4300  comprises a ring structure  4320  coupled to a housing structure  4312  comprising the anterior side  4302 , posterior side  4304 , and sidewalls  4306 . In some implementations, the ring structure  4320  comprises a material that is sufficiently strong to maintain the circumference of a natural capsular bag. In some implementations, the ring structure  4320  is configured to be sufficiently flexible to adjust and conform to the natural shape of a natural capsular bag, which can be asymmetrical. In some implementations, the ring structure  4320  is configured to secure the prosthetic device  4300  within the natural capsular bag or other eye region through a friction fit. For example, the ring structure  4320  can comprise polyimide, materials known in intraocular lens manufacturing such as silicone, collamer, PMMA, acrylic, and acrylates, materials used in permanent suture applications such as polypropylene, nylon, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), and polyester, shape memory or thermal memory materials such as nitinol, chromium cobalt, and shape memory polymers, combinations thereof, and the like. In some implementations, the ring structure  4320  comprises hydrophilic and/or hydrophobic materials. 
     In some implementations, the ring structure  4320  comprises at least two ring portions  4320 A,  4320 B. Like the device  2100  in which the ring structure  2106  is embedded across an entire length of a portion of the housing structure  2102 , the ring structure  4320  is embedded in at least a portion of the housing structure  4312  by anchors  4320 C,  4320 D. The anchors  4320 C,  4320 D comprise a first portion  4322 A that extends between the ring portions  4320 A,  4320 B and a second portion  4322 B that extends along side portions of the housing structure  4312 . The first portion  4322 A and the second portion  4322 B may comprise the same or similar properties or at least one property that is different (e.g., material, composition, dimension, cross-sectional shape, combinations thereof, etc.). The anchors  4320 C,  4320 D and the ring portions  4320 A,  4320 B may comprise the same or similar properties or at least one property that is different (e.g., material, composition, dimension, cross-sectional shape, combinations thereof, etc.). As discussed as an optional variant of  FIG.  22 B , the longitudinal anchors  4322 B extend partially along a length of the side portions of the housing structure  4312 . Referring to  FIG.  43 B , the distance  4330  the anchor portions  4322 B are spaced along the major axis is between about 2 mm and about 4 mm (e.g., about 2 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 3 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The longitudinal anchors  4322 B could extend along the entire length of the side portions of the housing structure  4312 , along the side portions by different amounts, change direction, etc. 
     The ring structure  4320  comprises an undulating or sinusoidal shape including alternating radially inward troughs  4324  and radially outward peaks or apices  4326 . As described with respect to  FIGS.  19 - 22 C , a ring structure  4320  having a sinusoidal shape can flex and conform to the shape of the natural capsular bag, which can provide improved positioning within an irregular natural capsular bag shape. In certain implementations, the tip or apex radially outward portions  4327  of the sinusoidal wave are configured to engage the natural capsular bag. As discussed as an optional variant of  FIGS.  19 - 22 C , the shape of the sinusoidal ring structure  4320  comprises some apices  4326  having a larger diameter than other apices  4326 . In certain implementations, a ring structure having a substantially circular or oval or elliptical configuration may not be able to conform to an irregular and/or asymmetrical shape of a natural capsular bag as well as a ring structure having a sinusoidal shape. 
     The ring portions  4320 A,  4320 B comprise holes or apertures or openings or eyelets  4328 . The openings  4328  may be used, for example, to suture the device  4300  to an eye. The openings  4328  illustrated in  FIGS.  43 A and  43 B  extend all of the way through the ring structure  4320 , but could extend only partially through the ring structure  4320 . The openings  4328  may assist in suturing the device  4300 , allow fibrosis therethrough, etc. The ring structure  4320  may comprise more or fewer openings  4328 , openings  4328  at different locations (e.g., at troughs  4324 , at other apices  4326 ), etc. The openings  4328  may be formed, for example, by photo-etching and/or laser milling polyimide. 
       FIG.  43 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  4300  of  FIG.  43 A . The prosthetic capsular device  4300  has a major axis along the line  43 C- 43 C and a minor axis along the line  43 D- 43 D.  FIG.  43 C  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device  4300  of  FIG.  43 A  along the line  43 C- 43 C of  FIG.  43 B .  FIG.  43 D  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device  4300  of  FIG.  43 A  along the line  43 D- 43 D of  FIG.  43 B . 
       FIGS.  43 B- 43 D  illustrate example dimensions of the device  4300 . The outer or under certain circumstances maximum diameter  4350  of the device  4300  may be between about 9 mm and about 11 mm (e.g., about 9 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The length  4352  of the opening  4308  in the anterior side  4302  along the major axis may be between about 7 mm and about 8 mm (e.g., about 7 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The length  4354  of the opening  4308  in the anterior side  4302  along the minor axis may be between about 6 mm and about 7 mm (e.g., about 6 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 7 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The opening  4308  illustrated in  FIGS.  43 A- 43 D  is oblong, with the length  4352  being greater than the length  4354 , but is not as oblong as the housing structure  4312 . In some implementations, the opening  4308  may be circular, more oblong, less oblong, and/or include straight portions. The diameter of the refractive surface  4310  of the posterior side  4304  may be between about 4 mm and about 6 mm (e.g., about 4 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 5 mm, about 5.5 mm, about 6 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The distance  4356  between the openings  4328  of the ring portion  4320 A and the openings  4328  of the ring portion  4320 B along the minor axis may be between about 7 mm and about 8 mm (e.g., about 7 mm, about 7.25 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 7.75 mm, about 8 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The distance  4358  between the openings  4328  of the ring portion  4320 A and the openings  4328  of the ring portion  4320 B along the major axis may be between about 4 mm and about 5 mm (e.g., about 4 mm, about 4.25 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 4.75 mm, about 5 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The dimensions described herein can affect position of the device  4300  with respect to the circumference of the scleral wall. For example, if the holes  4328  are used to suture the device  4300  to the scleral wall, the holes  4328  are preferably spaced or far enough away from each other to provide stable anchor points that are preferably symmetrical. 
     As the device  4300  is folded along the major axis for insertion in an eye, the refractive surface  4310  can stretch along the minor axis. In some implementations, the refractive surface  4310  can stretch at least about 110%, about 120%, about 130%, about 140%, about 150%, about 160%, about 170%, about 180%, about 190%, about 200%, or more. In some implementations, the refractive surface  4310  can stretch between about 110% and about 600% (e.g., about 110%, about 120%, about 130%, about 140%, about 150%, about 160%, about 170%, about 180%, about 190%, about 200%, about 250%, about 300%, about 350%, about 400%, about 450%, about 500%, about 550%, about 600%, ranges between such values, less than about 110% (e.g., between about 0% and about 110%), greater than about 200%, greater than about 300%, greater than about 400%, greater than about 500%, greater than about 600%, etc.). As the devices  4300  is unfolded (e.g., self-expands), the ring structure  4320  can also stretch due to straightening of the undulations. The length of an arc between the attachment points between the ring portions  4320 A,  4320 B shown by the dotted line  4360  is about 7.7 mm. The length of the outer edge of each ring portion  4320 A,  4320 B is about 10.46 mm. The ring portions  4320 A,  4320 B can stretch along the major axis to a length greater than the housing structure arc, reducing the danger that the ring structure  4320  may be pulled out of the housing structure  4312 . 
     The radius of curvature of a refractive portion  4310  having a diameter of 5 mm is between about 6.39 mm for a  30  diopter equi-convex lens. The radius of curvature may be different for larger or smaller diopters, a refractive portion  4310  with a different diameter, a non-equiconvex lens, etc. The thickness of a wall of the posterior side  4304  radially outward of the refractive surface  4310  and the sidewalls  4306  may be between about 0.1 mm and about 0.4 mm (e.g., about 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, the sidewalls  4306  may be thicker or thinner than the posterior wall. The thickness  4366  of the device  4300  between the anterior side  4302  and the posterior side  4304  may be between about 2 mm and about 3 mm (e.g., about 2 mm, about 2.25 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 2.75 mm, about 3 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The thicknesses  4368 ,  4370  between inflection points or design features and the posterior side  4304  may be less than the thickness  4366  because they are closer to the posterior side  4304 . For example, the anterior side  4302  may comprise a lip  4314  having a thickness  4374  of about 0.2 mm such that the thickness  4366  may be about 0.2 mm greater than the thickness  4368 . Other lip  4314  thicknesses  4374  are also possible, for example being the same as or different than wall and/or sidewall thicknesses. For another example, the anterior side  4302  may comprise a radially inward taper, and the thickness  4370  between the start of the taper (e.g., where the sidewalls  4306  are generally parallel to a longitudinal axis of the device  4300 ) and the lip  4314  may be about 0.25 mm such that the thickness  4366  may be about 0.45 mm greater than the thickness  4368 . The thickness  4372  between the end of the refractive surface  4310  and the anterior side  4304  may be greater than the thickness  4366  because the refractive surface  4310  extends outwardly of the wall of the posterior side  4304 . For example, the refractive surface  4310  may protrude about 0.509 mm such that the thickness  4372  may be about 0.509 mm greater than the thickness  4366 , and may vary by diopter value, lens type, lens diameter, etc. 
     The ring structure  4320  may have a thickness  4376  between about 0.1 mm and about 0.15 mm (e.g., about 0.1 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.125 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). A distance between the ring structure  4320 , for example measured at an approximate midpoint, and the posterior side  4304  may be between about 0.25 mm and about 2.5 mm (e.g., about 0.25 mm, about 0.5 mm, about 0.75 mm, about 1 mm, about 1.25 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 1.75 mm, about 2 mm, about 2.5 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The longitudinal position of the ring structure  4320  may be more proximate to the anterior side  4302  or the posterior side  4304 , for example based on expected interaction with a natural capsular bag. 
       FIG.  43 E  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example of a prosthetic capsular device system  4399 .  FIG.  43 F  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device system  4399  of  FIG.  43 E .  FIG.  43 G  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device system  4399  of  FIG.  43 E  along the line  43 G- 43 G of  FIG.  43 F .  FIG.  43 H  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device system  4399  of  FIG.  43 E . The system  4399  comprises a prosthetic capsular device  4301  and an intraocular lens  4371 . 
     The intraocular lens  4371  comprises haptics  4373  extending radially outward from a refractive portion  4375 . The haptics  4373  then turn generally coaxial with the refractive portion  4375  to be radially outward of and spaced from the refractive portion  4375 . The system  4399  may comprise other types of intraocular lenses  4371  including, but not limited to: spherical, aspheric, wavefront, convex, concave, multifocal (diffractive, refractive, zonal), toric, accommodative, ultraviolet (UV) filtering, diffractive chromatic aberration reducing lenses, and light adjustable lenses (ultraviolet light adjustable, femtosecond phase wrapping), with optical powers ranging from any positive diopter value (e.g., including +35 D and above) to any negative diopter value (e.g., including −35 D and below), and including any prism power (including 60 Prism Diopters and above). The system  4399  may include a component of an optical system designed to work in conjunction with the refractive lens of the prosthetic capsular device, which can create a polypseudophakic optical system such as a telescope, or provide modification of multiple refractive qualities (e.g. astigmatism, spherical aberration, extended depth of focus, and/or multifocality).[ 0264 ] The prosthetic capsular device  4301  has a major axis along the line  43 G- 43 G and a minor axis orthogonal to the line  43 G- 43 G. The device  4301  comprises an anterior side  4303 , a posterior side  4305 , and sidewalls  4307  extending between the anterior side  4303  and the posterior side  4305 . The anterior side  4303  comprises an opening  4309 . The posterior side  4305  optionally comprises a refractive surface  4311 . In some implementations, the prosthetic device  4301  comprises a ring structure  4321  coupled to a housing structure  4313  comprising the anterior side  4303 , posterior side  4305 , and sidewalls  4307 . The intraocular device  4371  abuts interior surfaces  4379  of the sidewalls  4307 . The device  4301  is devoid of or lacks an interior lip. 
     The sidewalls  4307  have an outer surface  4377  and an inner surface  4379 . Like the sidewalls of the devices  400 ,  1000 ,  1100 ,  1150 ,  1250 ,  2250 ,  2300 ,  2900 ,  3100 ,  4300 , for example, the sidewalls  4307  include a first straight-walled portion extending anteriorly from the posterior surface  4305  and a second part that tapers radially-inwardly toward the opening  4309  of the anterior surface  4303 . The first and second parts may be identified by a transition point  4381 , or may be identified based on the properties (e.g., shape, function, etc.) of the parts. The straight-walled portion of the sidewalls  4307  may be parallel or substantially parallel with a longitudinal axis of the device  4301 . The straight-walled portion of the sidewalls  4307  may be orthogonal or substantially orthogonal to a flat portion of the posterior surface of the device  4301 . The straight-walled portion of the sidewalls  4307  may be orthogonal or substantially orthogonal to the opening  4309 . The straight-walled portion of the sidewalls  4307  can increase space in the cavity of the device  4301 . The space can be used for intraocular lenses, other optical devices, drug eluting devices, electronic devices, and the like. The device  4301  provides a platform for insertion, and even removal, of various articles into an eye. 
     In some implementations, a prosthetic capsular device comprising convex or dual-tapered sidewalls (e.g., as in the devices  10 ,  110 ,  210 ,  900 ) includes an interior lip configured to inhibit or prevent anterior movement of the IOL. In some embodiments, the interior lip is proximate to the posterior end of the device. In some embodiments, the device may be configured to interact with a particular type of IOL, type of haptics, and/or IOL diopter value. 
     In some implementations, the ring structure  4321  comprises a material that is sufficiently strong to maintain the circumference of a natural capsular bag. In some implementations, the ring structure  4321  is configured to be sufficiently flexible to adjust and conform to the natural shape of a natural capsular bag, which can be asymmetrical. In some implementations, the ring structure  4321  is configured to secure the prosthetic device  4301  within the natural capsular bag or other eye region through a friction fit. For example, the ring structure  4321  can comprise polyimide, materials known in intraocular lens manufacturing such as silicone, collamer, PMMA, acrylic, and acrylates, materials used in permanent suture applications such as polypropylene, nylon, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), and polyester, shape memory or thermal memory materials such as nitinol, chromium cobalt, and shape memory polymers, combinations thereof, and the like. In some implementations, the ring structure  4321  comprises hydrophilic and/or hydrophobic materials. 
     In some implementations, the ring structure  4321  comprises ring portions  4321 A,  4321 B. Other numbers of ring portions are also possible, (e.g., one, three, four, etc.). The ring structure  4321  is embedded in at least a portion of the housing structure  4313  by anchors  4321 C,  4321 D. The anchors  4321 C,  4321 D comprise a first portion  4323 A that extends between the ring portions  4321 A,  4321 B and a second portion  4323 B that extend along side portions of the housing structure  4313 . The first portion  4323 A and the second portion  4323 B may comprise the same or similar properties or at least one property that is different (e.g., material, composition, dimension, cross-sectional shape, combinations thereof, etc.). The anchors  4321 C,  4321 D and the ring portions  4321 A,  4321 B may comprise the same or similar properties or at least one property that is different (e.g., material, composition, dimension, cross-sectional shape, combinations thereof, etc.). As discussed as an optional variant of  FIG.  22 B  and as discussed with respect to  FIG.  43 A , the longitudinal anchors  4323 B extend partially along a length of the side portions of the housing structure  4313 . The longitudinal anchors  4323 B could extend along the entire length of the side portions of the housing structure  4313 , along the side portions by different amounts, change direction, etc. 
     The ring structure  4321  comprises an undulating or sinusoidal shape including alternating radially inward troughs  4325  and radially outward peaks or apices  4327 . As described with respect to  FIGS.  19 - 22 C and  43 A- 43 D , a ring structure  4321  having a sinusoidal shape can flex and conform to the shape of the natural capsular bag, which can provide improved positioning within an irregular natural capsular bag shape. In certain implementations, the tip or apex radially outward portions  4327  of the sinusoidal wave are configured to engage the natural capsular bag. The shape of the sinusoidal ring structure  4321  comprises some apices  4327  having a larger diameter than other apices  4327 . In certain implementations, a ring structure having a substantially circular or oval or elliptical configuration may not be able to conform to an irregular and/or asymmetrical shape of a natural capsular bag as well as a ring structure having a sinusoidal shape. 
     The ring portions  4321 A,  4321 B comprise holes or apertures or openings or eyelets  4329 . The openings  4329  may be used, for example, to suture the device  4301  to an eye. The openings  4329  illustrated in  FIGS.  43 E and  43 F  extend all of the way through the ring structure  4321 , but could extend only partially through the ring structure  4321 . The openings  4329  may assist in suturing the device  4301 , allow fibrosis therethrough, etc. The ring structure  4321  may comprise more or fewer openings  4329 , openings  4329  at different locations (e.g., at troughs  4325 , at other apices  4327 ), etc. The openings  4329  may be formed, for example, by photo-etching and/or laser milling polyimide. 
     Example dimensions of the device  4301 , some of which are provided below, may be the same or similar to the example dimensions of the device  4300 , modifications thereof, and/or other devices described herein. The outer or under certain circumstances maximum diameter  4351  of the device  4301  may be between about 9 mm and about 11 mm (e.g., about 9 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The length of the opening  4309  in the anterior side  4303  along the major axis may be between about 7 mm and about 8 mm (e.g., about 7 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The length of the opening  4309  in the anterior side  4303  along the minor axis may be between about 6 mm and about 7 mm (e.g., about 6 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 7 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The opening  4309  may be oblong (e.g., longer along the major axis), circular, and/or other shapes. The diameter of the refractive surface  4311  of the posterior side  4305  may be between about 4 mm and about 6 mm (e.g., about 4 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 5 mm, about 5.5 mm, about 6 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The distance between the openings of the ring portion  4321 A and the openings  4329  of the ring portion  4321 B along the minor axis may be between about 7 mm and about 8 mm (e.g., about 7 mm, about 7.25 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 7.75 mm, about 8 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The distance between the openings  4329  of the ring portion  4321 A and the openings  4329  of the ring portion  4321 B along the major axis may be between about 4 mm and about 5 mm (e.g., about 4 mm, about 4.25 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 4.75 mm, about 5 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The dimensions described herein can affect position of the device  4301  with respect to the circumference of the scleral wall. For example, if the holes  4329  are used to suture the device  4301  to the scleral wall, the holes  4329  are preferably spaced or far enough away from each other to provide stable anchor points that are preferably symmetrical. 
     As the device  4301  is folded along the major axis for insertion in an eye, the refractive surface  4311  can stretch along the minor axis. In some implementations, the refractive surface  4311  can stretch at least about 110%, about 120%, about 130%, about 140%, about 150%, about 160%, about 170%, about 180%, about 190%, about 200%, or more. In some implementations, the refractive surface  4311  can stretch between about 110% and about 600% (e.g., about 110%, about 120%, about 130%, about 140%, about 150%, about 160%, about 170%, about 180%, about 190%, about 200%, about 250%, about 300%, about 350%, about 400%, about 450%, about 500%, about 550%, about 600%, ranges between such values, less than about 110% (e.g., between about 0% and about 110%), greater than about 200%, greater than about 300%, greater than about 400%, greater than about 500%, greater than about 600%, etc.). As the devices  4301  is unfolded (e.g., self-expands), the ring structure  4321  can also stretch due to straightening of the undulations. The ring portions  4321 A,  4321 B can stretch along the major axis to a length greater than the housing structure arc, reducing the danger that the ring structure  4321  may be pulled out of the housing structure  4313 . 
     The thickness of a wall of the posterior side  4305  radially outward of the refractive surface  4311  and the sidewalls  4307  may be between about 0.1 mm and about 0.4 mm (e.g., about 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, the sidewalls  4307  may be thicker or thinner than the posterior wall. The thickness of the device  4301  between the anterior side  4303  and the posterior side  4305  may be between about 2 mm and about 3 mm (e.g., about 2 mm, about 2.25 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 2.75 mm, about 3 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The ring structure  4321  may have a thickness between about 0.1 mm and about 0.15 mm (e.g., about 0.1 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.125 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). A distance between the ring structure  4321 , for example measured at an approximate midpoint, and the posterior side  4305  may be between about 0.25 mm and about 2.5 mm (e.g., about 0.25 mm, about 0.5 mm, about 0.75 mm, about 1 mm, about 1.25 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 1.75 mm, about 2 mm, about 2.5 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The longitudinal position of the ring structure  4321  may be more proximate to the anterior side  4303  or the posterior side  4305 , for example based on expected interaction with a natural capsular bag. 
       FIG.  57 A  is an exploded perspective view of an example kit  5700  including a prosthetic capsular device  4301 .  FIG.  57 B  is a top plan view of the example kit of  FIG.  57 A .  FIG.  57 C  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example kit of  FIG.  57 A  along the line  57 C- 57 C of  FIG.  57 B .  FIG.  57 D  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example kit of  FIG.  57 A  along the line  57 D- 57 D of  FIG.  57 B .  FIG.  57 E  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example kit of  FIG.  57 A  along the line  57 E- 57 E of  FIG.  57 B . Although illustrated and described herein with respect to the device  4301 , the kit  5700  may comprise any of the devices described herein, other prosthetic devices, intraocular lenses, other types of implants, fluids, instruments, and the like. The kit includes a case  5702  and a lid  5704 . 
       FIG.  57 F  is a top plan view of a component, the base  5702 , of the example kit  5700  of  FIG.  57 A  holding a device  4301 . The case  5702  comprises rounded rectangular shape. In some implementations, the case  5702  comprises a shape corresponding to or reminiscent of the device  4301  (e.g., without the ring structure  4321 ). 
     The case  5702  comprises a cavity  5706 . The cavity  5706 , which can be seen in the cross-sections of  FIGS.  57 C- 57 E , can reduce weight, reduce material usage to save costs, provide stacking interlock, provide grip, and/or provide other possible advantages. 
     An upper surface of the case  5702  identification indicia  5708 . The indicia  5708  can include information about the device  4301 , such as diopter value, serial number, outer diameter, refractive surface diameter, thickness manufacturer, shape, material, etc.). The indicia  5708  may be grouped together, placed around the device  4301 , on different surfaces of the case  5702 , on the lid  5704 , etc. 
     The case  5702  comprises a lid engagement structure extending from the upper surface. The lid engagement structure comprises a first part  5710  and a second part  5711 . The first part  5710  is spaced from the second part  5711  by a gap  5712 . Each of the first part  5710  and the second part  5711  comprises a plurality of frustoconical posts  5714 . As best seen in  FIG.  57 B , the posts  5714  can help to securely hold the device  4301 . More or fewer posts or other shapes (e.g., arcs) may be used. The posts may be configured to be interact with the housing  4313  (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  57 B ), the ring structure  4321 , the openings  4329 , and/or other parts of the device  4301  and/or other devices. For example, in the outer diameter of the device  4301  is 10 mm, the inner edges of the posts  5714  may be slightly greater than 10 mm (e.g., about 10.01 mm to about 11 mm). 
     As best seen in  FIG.  57 E , each of the first part  5710  and the second part  5711  comprises a C-shaped or (-shaped upwardly projecting wall including a cutout  5716  forming an outwardly projecting lip  5718 . The lid  5704  comprises a plurality of teeth  5720  each including an inwardly projecting lip  5722 . The lips  5722  are configured to interact with the lips  5718  to secure the lid  5704  to the base  5702  by positioning the lid  5704  with the lips  5722  in the gap  5712  and rotating clockwise until the lips  5722  are under the lips  5718 . The teeth  5720  may provide radial flexibility to the lip  5722  and/or identification of the location of the lip  5722 . In some implementations, the lid  5704  is devoid of the teeth  5720  but includes the lips  5722 . The base  5702  may comprise cutouts  5716  on other segments of the parts  5710 ,  5711 , for example to allow interlocking of the lid  5704  to the base  5702  by turning in a counterclockwise direction. 
     The lid  5704  comprises a hollow generally round body including a plurality of outwardly projecting tabs  5724 . The tabs  5724  may provide a gripping surface. More or fewer tabs  5724  and/or tabs  5724  having a different shape can be used. The tabs  5724  may correspond to a shape on the base  5702 , for example to indicate a locked state. In some implementations, the lid  5704  is devoid of tabs  5724 . In certain such embodiments, the lid  5704  may comprise a roughened edge surface. In some implementations, the lid  5704  is comprises a shape corresponding to the device  4301 , for example an outer edge of the device  4301 , with or without the ring structure  4321 . In some implementations in which the device comprises tabs, the tabs  5724  of the lid  5704  correspond to the tabs of the device (e.g., indicative of continuousness, bias, openings, etc.). 
     The lid  5704  comprises a plurality of openings  5726  and a central opening  5728 . The openings  5726 ,  5728  can allow sterilization of the device  4301  (e.g., using ethylene oxide), for example through cavity  5706 . The openings  5726  may allow a user to view the shape of the housing  4313 , ring structure  4321 , and/or other features of the device  4301 . The lid  5704  may be partially or totally opaque. The opening  5728  may allow a user to view the refractive surface of the device  4301 . For example, each of the base  5702  and the lid  5704  may be open to the refractive surface (e.g., the base  5702  via the cavity  5706  and the lid  5704  via the opening  5728 ). 
       FIG.  57 B  illustrates example dimensions of the kit  5700 . The base  5702  may have a length  5730  between about 20 mm and about 100 mm (e.g., about 20 mm, about 40 mm, about 50 mm, about 60 mm, about 66 mm, about 70 mm, about 75 mm, about 100 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The base  5702  may have a width  5732  between about 20 mm and about 30 mm (e.g., about 20 mm, about 22 mm, about 24 mm, about 25 mm, about 25.4 mm, about 26 mm, about 27 mm, about 30 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). A length  5734  from a minor edge of the base  5702  to a position in the middle of the gap  5712  may be between about 10 mm and about 20 mm (e.g., about 10 mm, about 12 mm, about 14 mm, about 15 mm, about 15.2 mm, about 16 mm, about 20 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The minor edges of the base  5702  may have a first radius of curvature  5736  and a second radius of curvature  5738 . The first radius of curvature  5736  may be between about 2 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., about 2.5 mm, about 3 mm, about 4 mm, about 5 mm, about 5.1 mm, about 6 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 10 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The first radius of curvature  5736  may be between about 20 mm and about 30 mm (e.g., about 20 mm, about 22 mm, about 24 mm, about 25 mm, about 25.4 mm, about 26 mm, about 27 mm, about 30 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
       FIG.  57 C  illustrates further example dimensions of the kit  5700 . A distance or thickness  5740  between an upper surface of the base  5702  and a top surface of the lid  5704  may be between about 5 mm and about 20 mm (e.g., about 5 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 11 mm, about 11.6 mm, about 12 mm, about 15 mm, about 20 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). A thickness of the base  5702  from a lower end to the upper surface may be between about 2 mm and about 8 mm (e.g., about 2 mm, about 3 mm, about 4 mm, about 4.8 mm, about 5 mm, about 6 mm, about 7 mm, about 8 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
       FIG.  58 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example of a prosthetic capsular device  5800 . The device  5800  comprises an anterior side  5802 , a posterior side  5804 , and sidewalls  5806  extending between the anterior side  5802  and the posterior side  5804 . The anterior side  5802  comprises an opening  5808 . The posterior side  5804  optionally comprises a refractive surface  5810 . The refractive surface  5810  may have a diameter between about 4 mm and about 9 mm (e.g., about 4 mm, about 5 mm, about 6 mm, about 7 mm, about 8 mm, about 9 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     In some implementations, the prosthetic device  5800  comprises a ring structure  5820  (e.g., comprising ring structure portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D) coupled to a housing structure  5812  comprising the anterior side  5802 , posterior side  5804 , and sidewalls  5806 . In some implementations, the ring structure  5820  comprises a material that is sufficiently strong to maintain the circumference of a natural capsular bag. In some implementations, the ring structure  5820  is configured to be sufficiently flexible to adjust and conform to the natural shape of a natural capsular bag, which can be asymmetrical. In some implementations, the ring structure  5820  is configured to secure the prosthetic device  5800  within the natural capsular bag or other eye region through a friction fit. For example, the ring structure  5820  can comprise polyimide, materials known in intraocular lens manufacturing such as silicone, collamer, PMMA, acrylic, and acrylates, materials used in permanent suture applications such as polypropylene, nylon, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), and polyester, shape memory or thermal memory materials such as nitinol, chromium cobalt, and shape memory polymers, combinations thereof, and the like. In some implementations, the ring structure  5820  comprises hydrophilic and/or hydrophobic materials. The ring structure  5820  may comprise the same or similar properties or at least one property that is different (e.g., material, composition, dimension, cross-sectional shape, combinations thereof, presence of an aperture, aperture properties, etc.). 
     In some implementations, the ring structure  5820  comprises four ring portions or haptics  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D. Other numbers of ring portions are also possible, (e.g., one, two, three, etc.). The ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D comprise a radially-outwardly extending arm  5821  and an aperture section  5827 . The arm  5821  may have a single radius of curvature, a plurality of radii of curvature, be straight, change direction, have an undulating or sinusoidal shape (e.g., including alternating radially inward troughs and radially outward peaks or apices such as in the devices  4300 ,  4301 ), and/or the like. The ring structure  5820 , which is not continuous between points on the housing structure  5812 , may use less material and impart less volume and/or mass to the device  5800 , allowing the device  5800  to be easier to insert into small incisions. Use of less material may reduce costs due to use of less material. The arms  5821  can independently move, which can provide more flexibility than a ring structure that is continuous between points on a housing structure. 
     In implementations in which a device comprises a stretchable housing structure (e.g., comprising MED-6820 silicone, which is stretchable up to about 200% without damage) and a non-stretchable ring structure (e.g., comprising polyimide) having a ring shape coupled to the housing structure at two ends (e.g., as in the device  4300 ), stretching forces due to loading or advancing of the device, for example through a delivery syringe or injector cartridge, may break or tear the non-stretchable ring structure. The ring structure  5820  of the device  5800  can inhibit or prevent tearing of the ring structure  5820  and/or the housing structure  5812 . 
     The ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D are individually anchored to the housing structure  5812  and are not coupled to the housing structure  5812  at two ends such that stretching forces are independent and generally unidirectional for each ring portion  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D. Individual anchoring or not being connected to each other can also inhibit or prevent the possibility of crimping the ring structure material as the device is folded and advanced through an injector. 
     The amount of stretch can increase exponentially from the end portions towards the center of the device  5800 . Each of the ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D is anchored on a side portion of the device  5800  between the end portions and proximate to the end portions. Anchoring the ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D proximate to the end portions reduces the amount of stretch experienced by the ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D at their anchor points. 
     The curvature of the arms  5821  of the ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D may be configured to maintain a natural capsular bag in an open position in the area outside the walls of the device  5800 . The curvature of the arms  5821  can maintain an effective diameter  5842  that is similar to or the same as other devices described herein having a circular housing structure, having a circular ring structure, etc. The design of the device  5800  reduces the volume of material at the center, for example compared to other devices including housing structure material and/or ring structure material at the center, where the relatively thick or bulky refractive portion  5810  already resides and where stretching forces are the highest. Reducing the volume of structural materials of the device  5800  near the center of the major axis can allow the device  5800  to fit through a small incision size. 
     The ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D comprise aperture sections  5827  comprising holes or apertures or openings or eyelets  5828 . The openings  5828  may be used, for example, to suture the device  5800  to an eye. The openings  5828  illustrated in  FIGS.  58 A,  58 B, and  58 E  extend all of the way through the aperture sections  5827 , but could extend only partially through the aperture sections  5827 . The openings  5828  may assist in suturing the device  5800 , allow fibrosis therethrough, etc. The ring structure  5820  may comprise more or fewer openings  5828 , openings  5828  at different locations (e.g., along an arm  5821  between the housing structure  5812  and the aperture section  5827 ), etc. The openings  5828  may be formed, for example, by photo-etching and/or laser milling polyimide. 
     Like the device  4300  in which the ring structure  4320  is embedded in at least a portion of the housing structure  4312  by anchors  4320 C,  4320 D, the ring structure  5820  is embedded in at least a portion of the housing structure  5812  by anchors  5822 . In the device  5800 , each of the ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D comprises an anchor  5822  comprising a first anchor portion  5822 A that extends in a first direction (e.g., from the ring portion  5820 B towards the ring portion  5820 D) and a second portion  5822 B that extends in a second direction different than the first direction (e.g., along side portions of the housing structure  5812 ; from the ring portion  5820 B towards the ring portion  5820 A). The first anchor portion  5822 A and the second anchor portion  5822 B may comprise the same or similar properties or at least one property that is different (e.g., material, composition, dimension, cross-sectional shape, combinations thereof, etc.). The anchor portions  5822  may comprise the same or similar properties or at least one property that is different (e.g., material, composition, dimension, cross-sectional shape, combinations thereof, etc.). The anchors  5822  and the radially outward projections or haptics of the ring structure  5820  may comprise the same or similar properties or at least one property that is different (e.g., material, composition, dimension, cross-sectional shape, combinations thereof, etc.). As discussed with respect to the end anchors  2260  of  FIG.  22 B , the longitudinal anchors  5822 A extend partially along a length of the end portions of the housing structure  5812 . The longitudinal anchors  5822 A could extend along the entire length of the end portions of the housing structure  5812 , along the end portions by different amounts, change direction, etc. As discussed as an optional variant of  FIG.  22 B , the longitudinal anchors  5822 B extend partially along a length of the side portions of the housing structure  5812 . The longitudinal anchors  5822 B could extend along the entire length of the side portions of the housing structure  5812 , along the side portions by different amounts, change direction, etc. In some implementations, at least one of the ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D may comprise an anchor portion  5822  that is different than at least one other anchor portion  5822 . 
     The device  5800  optionally comprises a bulge  5816  extending radially outward of the sidewalls  5806 . The device  5800  shown in  FIGS.  58 A- 58 E  includes a bulge  5816  on each end portion. The housing structure  5812  may comprise the bulge  5816  (e.g., the bulge  5816  being integral with the housing structure  5812 ). In some implementations, the ring structure  5820  is placed in a mold and the housing structure  5812  is overmolded around the ring structure  5820 . The bulge  5816  may be coupled to the housing structure  5812 . The bulge  5816  may comprise the same material as the housing structure  5812  or a different material than the housing structure  5812 . The bulge  5816  may allow the anchors  5822  to be substantially radially aligned with the sidewalls  5806 . The bulge  5816  may provide extra material in which the ring structure  5820  may anchor, for example maintaining a wall thickness (e.g., about 0.2 mm) on one or both sides of the ring structure  5820  with or without the use of a primer. The bulge  5816  may allow the material of the housing structure  5812  to surround (e.g., completely surround) the anchoring portions  5822  of the ring portion  5820 , which can avoid an area of weakness and/or discontinuity of the housing structure  5812 . The device  5800  includes bulges  5816  that extend along the entire edge portions of the housing structure  5812 , even beyond the termination of the anchor portions  5822 A. In some implementations, the device includes bulges  5816  that extend slightly beyond the termination of the anchor portions  5822 A. 
     The device  5800  optionally comprises a posterior fin  5824 . The device  5800  shown in  FIGS.  58 A- 58 E  includes two posterior fins  5824 . The posterior fins  5824  are aligned along a diameter of the refractive surface  5810  and in line with the major axis of the prosthetic device  5800 . In some implementations, a plurality of posterior fins  5824  (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or more fins  5824 ) may be circumferentially offset (e.g., by about 180°, by about 120°, by about 90°, by about 72°, by about 60°, and the like). In some implementations, at least some or all of a plurality of posterior fins  5824  (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or more fins  5824 ) may be unaligned. The posterior fins  5824  are aligned along a major axis of the device  5800 . In some implementations, the posterior fins  5824  may be aligned along a minor axis of the device  5800 . In some implementations, the posterior fins  5824  may be unaligned along an axis of the device  5800  (e.g., at an angle with respect to the major axis and/or the minor axis). The housing structure  5812  may comprise the posterior fin  5824  (e.g., the posterior fin  5824  being integral with the housing structure  5812 ). The posterior fin  5824  may be coupled to the housing structure  5812 . The posterior fin  5824  may comprise the same material as the housing structure  5812  or a different material than the housing structure  5812 . The posterior fin  5824  may help to space a posterior surface of a natural capsular bag from the posterior end  5804  of the housing structure  5812  radially outward of the refractive surface  5810 . Spacing the posterior surface of the natural capsular bag from the posterior end  5804  of the housing structure  5812  radially outward of the refractive surface  5810  may allow fluid flow radially outward of the refractive surface  5810 , which may help to reduce opacification. Spacing the posterior surface of the natural capsular bag from the posterior end  5804  of the housing structure  5812  radially outward of the refractive surface  5810  may reduce the chance of retaining viscoelastic that has some residual trapped fibrin or inflammatory precipitate contained within it. 
     In embodiments in which the fins  5824  are aligned with the major axis of the device  5800 , the device  5800  can be strategically aligned in an eye. For example, if an eye has astigmatism, a device  5800  in which the refractive surface  5810  comprises a toric lens can be used to at least partially correct the astigmatism if the device  5800  is properly oriented (e.g., with the steep axis of a cornea). In some implementations, at least one of the fins  5824  can be different (e.g., different shape, dimensions, etc.) to indicate a top or bottom of the device  5800 . In devices allowing any rotational orientation of an IOL inserted therein, a toric IOL can be rotated. The device  5800  includes truncated sides, reducing volume and in some cases advantageously limiting rotation of an IOL inserted therein. Aligning the device  5800  for alignment of a toric refractive surface  5810  and/or a toric IOL contained in the device  5800  can advantageously provide the advantages of limited IOL rotation, reduced volume, and astigmatism correction. 
       FIG.  58 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  5800  of  FIG.  58 A . The prosthetic capsular device  5800  has a major axis along the line  58 C- 58 C and a minor axis along the line  58 D- 58 D.  FIG.  58 C  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device  5800  of  FIG.  58 A  along the line  58 C- 58 C of  FIG.  58 B .  FIG.  58 D  illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device  5800  of  FIG.  58 A  along the line  58 D- 58 D of  FIG.  58 B .  FIGS.  58 B- 58 D  illustrate example dimensions of the device  5800 . 
     As seen in  FIG.  58 A , but perhaps best seen in  FIGS.  58 C and  58 D , the ring structure  5820  extends from the housing structure  5812  at a position anterior to a longitudinal midline of the device  5800 , which may inhibit or prevent the anterior capsule and the posterior capsule from fusing. The fins  5824  may also help to spatially separate the anterior capsule and the posterior capsule to inhibit or prevent the anterior capsule and the posterior capsule from fusing. 
     The outer diameter  5840  of the housing structure  5812 , including the bulge  5816 , may be between about 9 mm and about 11 mm (e.g., about 9 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The thickness  5854  of the housing structure  5812 , including the bulge  5816 , along the minor axis may be between about 6 mm and about 8 mm (e.g., about 6 mm, about 6.25 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 6.75 mm, about 7 mm, about 7.25 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 7.75 mm, about 8 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The outer or under certain circumstances maximum diameter  5842  of the device  5800 , for example accounting for extension of the ring structure  5820 , may be between about 9 mm and about 12 mm (e.g., about 9 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.3 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11 mm, about 12 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, a diameter greater than 10 mm may impart outward forces on a natural capsular bag that may tear the bag such that a diameter of about 10 mm or less may be preferred. 
     The length  5870  of the opening  5808  in the anterior side  5802  along the major axis may be between about 6 mm and about 8 mm (e.g., about 6 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 7 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The length  5858  of the opening  5808  in the anterior side  5802  along the minor axis may be between about 5 mm and about 7 mm (e.g., about 5 mm, about 5.5 mm, about 6 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 7 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The opening  5808  illustrated in  FIGS.  58 A- 58 D  is oblong, with the length  5870  being greater than the length  5858 , but is not as oblong as the housing structure  5812 . In some implementations, a ratio of a major axis opening length to a minor axis opening length is between about 1:2 and 2:1 (e.g., 1:2, 2:3, 3:4, 4:5, 5:6, 6:7, 7:8, 8:9, 9:10, 10:9, 9:8, 8:7, 7:6, 6:5, 5:4, 4:3, 3:2, 2:1, ranges between such values, etc.). For example, major axis opening length may be shorter than the minor axis opening length. In some implementations, the opening  5808  may be circular, more oblong, less oblong, and/or include straight portions. A larger opening  5808  may allow more light to pass to the refractive surface  5810  and/or an IOL in the device  5800  such that light is less likely to refract off anterior surfaces and create dysphotopsias. 
     The distance  5856  between the centers of the openings  5828  of the ring portions  5820  on opposite sides of the major axis may be between about 8 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., about 8 mm, about 8.25 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 8.75 mm, about 9 mm, about 9.25 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 9.75 mm, about 10 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The distance  5846  between the openings  5828  of the ring portions  5820  on opposite sides of the minor axis may be between about 2 mm and about 4 mm (e.g., about 2 mm, about 2.25 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 2.75 mm, about 3 mm, about 3.25 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 3.75 mm, about 4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The diameter  5844  of the openings  5828  may be between about 0.2 mm and about 0.3 mm (e.g., about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The diameters  5844  of the openings  5828  may be the same or different. The dimensions described herein can affect position of the device  5800  with respect to the circumference of the scleral wall. For example, if the holes  5828  are used to suture the device  5800  to the scleral wall, the holes  5828  are preferably spaced or far enough away from each other to provide stable anchor points that are preferably symmetrical. 
     As the device  5800  is folded along the major axis for insertion in an eye, the refractive surface  5810  can stretch along the minor axis. In some implementations, the refractive surface  5810  can stretch at least about 110%, about 120%, about 130%, about 140%, about 150%, about 160%, about 170%, about 180%, about 190%, about 200%, or more. In some implementations, the refractive surface  5810  can stretch between about 110% and about 600% (e.g., about 110%, about 120%, about 130%, about 140%, about 150%, about 160%, about 170%, about 180%, about 190%, about 200%, about 250%, about 300%, about 350%, about 400%, about 450%, about 500%, about 550%, about 600%, ranges between such values, less than about 110% (e.g., between about 0% and about 110%), greater than about 200%, greater than about 300%, greater than about 400%, greater than about 500%, greater than about 600%, etc.). 
     The ring structure  5820  may have a thickness  5860  between about 0.1 mm and about 0.15 mm (e.g., about 0.1 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.125 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). A distance  5862  between the ring structure  5820 , for example measured at an approximate midpoint, and the posterior side  5804  may be between about 0.25 mm and about 2.5 mm (e.g., about 0.25 mm, about 0.5 mm, about 0.75 mm, about 1 mm, about 1.25 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 1.75 mm, about 2 mm, about 2.5 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The longitudinal position of the ring structure  5820  may be more proximate to the anterior side  5802  or the posterior side  5804 , for example based on expected interaction with a natural capsular bag. At least one of the ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D may have a different longitudinal position than at least one other of the ring portions  5820 A,  5820 B,  5820 C,  5820 D. 
     The thickness  5864  of a wall of the posterior side  5804  radially outward of the refractive surface  5810  may be between about 0.1 mm and about 0.4 mm (e.g., about 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, the sidewalls  5806  may be thicker or thinner than the posterior wall. The posterior fin  5824  may protrude from the posterior wall by a distance  5872  between about 0.05 mm and about 0.2 mm (e.g., about 0.05 mm, 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The thickness  5866  of the device  5800  between the anterior side  5802  and the posterior side  5804  may be between about 2 mm and about 3 mm (e.g., about 2 mm, about 2.25 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 2.75 mm, about 3 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The thickness  5868  of the device  5800  between the anterior side  5802  under the lip  5814  and the inside of the posterior wall may be between about 2 mm and about 3 mm (e.g., about 2 mm, about 2.25 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 2.75 mm, about 3 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The posterior fin  5824  may be spaced from the refractive surface  5810  by a spacing or distance  5848  between about 0.05 mm and about 0.2 mm (e.g., about 0.05 mm, 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The posterior fin  5824  may have a thickness  5850  between about 0.5 mm and about 2 mm (e.g., about 0.5 mm, about 0.6 mm, about 0.7 mm, about 0.8 mm, about 0.9 mm, about 1 mm, about 1.25 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 1.75 mm, about 2 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The posterior fin  5824  may have a thickness  5852  between about 0.05 mm and about 0.2 mm (e.g., about 0.05 mm, 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The spacing  5848 , length  5850 , thickness  5852 , and/or distance  5872  may vary, for example based on the properties of the refractive surface  5810  (e.g., a larger distance  5872  for a larger diopter value). 
       FIG.  58 E  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device  5880 . The device  5880  is similar to the device  5800  except for the ring structure  5820 . The arms  5881  may be different than the arms  5821 , the aperture sections  5882  may be different than the aperture sections  5827 , and/or the holes  5883  may be different than the holes  5828 . A ring portion  5820 C of the device  5800  is shown in phantom for comparison to the ring portions of the device  5880 . 
     The diameter  5845  of the openings  5883  may be between about 0.3 mm and about 0.4 mm (e.g., about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The diameters  5845  of the openings  5883  may be the same or different. The diameter  5845  may be less than the diameter  5844 . The diameter difference may be between about 0.05 mm and about 0.2 mm (e.g., about 0.05 mm, 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). Larger openings  5883  may provide more surface area for fibrosis therethrough. The diameter  5874  of the aperture sections  5882  may be between about 0.4 mm and about 0.8 mm (e.g., about 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, about 0.6 mm, about 0.7 mm, about 0.8 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The diameter  5874  may be larger than the diameter of the aperture sections  5827  of the device  5800 , for example to accommodate larger openings  5883 . 
     Larger openings  5883  may provide easier suturing and/or be better able to securely hold a suture (e.g., comprising PTFE) for the potential scleral fixation of the device  5800  to the sclera. For example, one pass of a suture may go under the device  5800  and through a first opening  5833  and another pass of the suture may go over top the device  5800 , through a second opening  5833  (e.g., the opening on the same side of the major axis), under the device  5800  and through a third opening  5833  (e.g., the opening on the same side of the minor axis as the second opening), and over the top of the device  5800  and through a fourth opening  5833  (e.g., the opening on the same side of the major axis as the third opening), passing through the midvitreous cavity after a vitrectomy. Once the suture(s) has/have been passed, suture slack can be reduced and a 3-1-1 suture placement tie can be performed using a straight tie, a kelman tie, etc. may be used to secure the suture to the sclera. Knots may be tucked into the sclerotomy. The ability to affix the device  5800  to the sclera may be particularly advantageous, for example, for subjects who have had a total loss of capsular support due to surgical trauma, unintended eye trauma, congenital weakness of the zonules, etc. 
     In embodiments in which the openings  5883  have a diameter of at least about 0.35 mm, the openings  5883  are large enough to allow a surgeon to engage the openings  5883  with a standard IOL positioning tool such as a Lester IOL manipulator, which may include a tip that is angled up to 90° and have a diameter between 0.2 mm and 0.25 mm. 
     The distance  5857  between the centers of the openings  5883  of the ring portions on opposite sides of the major axis may be between about 8 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., about 8 mm, about 8.25 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 8.75 mm, about 9 mm, about 9.25 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 9.75 mm, about 10 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The distance  5857  may be less than the distance  5856 , indicative that the centers of the openings  5883  are closer to the housing structure in the device  5880  than the centers of the openings  5828  are to the housing structure  5812  in the device  5800 . The aperture sections  5882  may have the same radial extension as the device  5800 , but the larger size of the aperture sections  5882  and the openings  5883  may extend radially inward such that the centers of the openings are also radially inward. The distance difference may be between about 0.05 mm and about 0.2 mm (e.g., about 0.05 mm, 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The distance between the openings  5883  of the ring portions on opposite sides of the minor axis may be the same as or different than the device  5800 . 
     The dimensions described herein can affect position of the device  5880  with respect to the circumference of the scleral wall. For example, if the holes  5883  are used to suture the device  5880  to the scleral wall, the holes  5883  are preferably spaced or far enough away from each other to provide stable anchor points that are preferably symmetrical. 
       FIG.  58 F  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  5885 . The device  5885  is similar to the devices  5880 ,  5880  except for the ring structure. The arms  5886  may be different than the arms  5821  and/or the arms  5881 , the aperture sections  5887  may be different than the aperture sections  5827  and/or the aperture sections  5882 , and/or the holes  5888  may be different than the holes  5828  and/or the holes  5883 . A ring portion  5820 C of the device  5800  is shown in phantom for comparison to the ring portions of the device  5885 . 
     The outer or under certain circumstances maximum diameter  5843  of the device  5885 , for example accounting for extension of the ring structure, may be between about 10 mm and about 13 mm (e.g., about 10 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11 mm, about 11.5 mm, about 12 mm, about 12.5 mm, about 13 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The housing structure may have the same dimensions as the housing structure  5812  of the device  5800 , indicative that the change in maximum diameter due to extension of the ring structure. The device  5885  can provide a larger maximum diameter, which may better conform to a natural capsular bag (e.g., providing tension on and/or increasing stability in a natural capsular bag having a larger than average diameter), while also maintaining advantages due to the use of less material for the housing structure (e.g., insertion through a smaller incision size). 
     The diameter  5845  of the openings  5888  may the same as the diameter  5845  of the openings  5883  and/or the diameter  5874  of the aperture sections  5887  may be the same as the diameter  5874  of the aperture sections  5882 . 
     The distance  5847  between the centers of the openings  5888  of the ring portions on opposite sides of the minor axis may be between about 3 mm and about 5 mm (e.g., about 3 mm, about 3.25 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 3.75 mm, about 4 mm, about 4.25 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 4.75 mm, about 5 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). The distance  5859  between the centers of the openings  5888  of the ring portions on opposite sides of the major axis may be between about 9 mm and about 11 mm (e.g., about 9 mm, about 9.25 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 9.75 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.25 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 10.75 mm, about 11 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The distance  5847  may be greater than the distance  5846 , indicative that the centers of the openings  5888  are farther from each other than the centers of the openings  5828  are from each other. The aperture sections  5887  have further radial extension than in the device  5800 , for example due to a different angle and/or curvature of the arms  5886 . The distance difference may be between about 0.05 mm and about 0.2 mm (e.g., about 0.05 mm, 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The distance  5859  may be greater than the distance  5856  and/or the distance  5857 , indicative that the centers of the openings  5888  are farther from the housing structure in the device  5885  than the centers of the openings  5828  are to the housing structure  5812  in the device  5800  and the centers of the openings  5883  are to the housing structure in the device  5880 . The aperture sections  5887  have further radial extension than in the device  5800 , for example due to a different angle and/or curvature of the arms  5886 . The distance difference may be between about 0.05 mm and about 0.2 mm (e.g., about 0.05 mm, 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The dimensions described herein can affect position of the device  5885  with respect to the circumference of the scleral wall. For example, if the holes  5888  are used to suture the device  5885  to the scleral wall, the holes  5888  are preferably spaced or far enough away from each other to provide stable anchor points that are preferably symmetrical. 
       FIG.  58 G  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device system  5890 . The prosthetic capsular device system  5890  comprises the prosthetic capsular device  5880  and an intraocular lens  5892 . The intraocular lens  5892  comprises haptics  5894  extending radially outward from a refractive portion  5896 . The haptics  5894  then turn generally coaxial with the refractive portion  5896  to be radially outward of and spaced from the refractive portion  5896 . The system  5890  may comprise other types of intraocular lenses  5892  including, but not limited to: spherical, aspheric, wavefront, convex, concave, multifocal (diffractive, refractive, zonal), toric, accommodative, ultraviolet (UV) filtering, and diffractive chromatic aberration reducing lenses, and light adjustable lenses (ultraviolet light adjustable, femtosecond phase wrapping) and optical powers ranging from any positive diopter value (e.g., including +35 D and above) to any negative diopter value (e.g., including −35 D and below), and including any prism power (including 60 Prism Diopters and above). The system  5890  may include a component of an optical system designed to work in conjunction with the refractive lens of the prosthetic capsular device, which can create a polypseudophakic optical system such as a telescope, or provide modification of multiple refractive qualities (e.g. astigmatism, spherical aberration, extended depth of focus, and/or multifocality). 
     All of the prosthetic capsular devices described herein can provide for the creation of a complex refractive system comprising one or a plurality of components. For example, a refractive surface comprising a toric lens may be able to correct sphere or sphere and astigmatism and/or create multifocal vision. The prosthetic capsular device can include other optical components instead of or in addition to a spherical and/or toric lens. A plurality of components can fine tune the vision to levels previously impossible. For example, the refractive surface of the prosthetic capsular device can correct sphere; then, astigmatism, spherical aberration, multifocality, and/or chromatic aberrations could be further corrected with the addition of lenses stacked on top of the refractive surface. If the optic contains a light adjustable material, the optical power can be changed through the external light application. A plurality of other lenses inside the prosthetic capsular device can create complex optical systems. For another example, a telescope can be created to allow magnification of images in subjects with severe retinal pathologies such as macular degeneration. In some implementations, a telescope implant, such as available from VisionCare Ophthalmic Technologies of Saratoga, Calif., a dual-lens system that creates magnification through telescopic principles, etc., can be contained in the prosthetic capsular device. For example, the prosthetic capsular device could comprise a strongly negative lens and a strongly positive lens could be placed in the ciliary sulcus or in the prosthetic capsular device. If the subject cannot adapt to or tolerate the change, the assembly is totally reversible. The device allows removal of components such as IOLs, additional components, telescope implants, etc. and provides a barrier to vitreous, even after a Nd:YAG laser posterior capsulotomy. The “plug-and-play” abilities provided by the prosthetic capsular device can allow the creation of different vision tuning at different times, for example based on physiological changes and technological updates. The prosthetic capsular device can comprise a prism (e.g., the refractive surface can comprise a prism), which may shift images away from a damaged retina (e.g., in ARMD or other maculopathy patients). In subjects having eyes that are misaligned, a prism could help resolve double vision.[ 0316 ] Like the sidewalls of the devices  400 ,  1000 ,  1100 ,  1150 ,  1250 ,  2250 ,  2300 ,  2900 ,  3100 ,  4300 ,  4301 , for example, the sidewalls  5806  of the devices  5800 ,  5880 ,  5885  include a first straight-walled portion extending anteriorly from the posterior surface  5804  and a second part that tapers radially-inwardly toward the opening  5808  of the anterior surface  5802 . The first and second parts may be identified by a transition point, or may be identified based on the properties (e.g., shape, function, etc.) of the parts. The straight-walled portion of the sidewalls  5806  may be parallel or substantially parallel with a longitudinal axis of the device  5800 . The straight-walled portion of the sidewalls  5806  may be orthogonal or substantially orthogonal to a flat portion of the posterior surface (e.g., radially outward of the refractive portion  5810 ). The straight-walled portion of the sidewalls  5806  may be orthogonal or substantially orthogonal to the opening  5808 . The straight-walled portion of the sidewalls  5806  can increase space in the cavity of the device  5800 . The space can be used for intraocular lenses, other optical devices, drug eluting devices, electronic devices, and the like. The device  5800 , like other devices described herein, provides a platform for insertion, and even removal, of various articles into an eye, and increased cavity space opens that platform to more articles. 
       FIGS.  58 H- 58 L  illustrate anterior plan views of example prosthetic capsular devices comprising different numbers of ring portions. In  FIG.  58 H , the device  58801  comprises two ring portions  58201 A,  58201 B that are on opposite sides of the major axis and on opposite sides of the minor axis. In  FIG.  58 I , the device  58802  comprises two ring portions  58202 A,  58202 B that are on opposite sides of the major axis and on the same side of the minor axis. In  FIG.  58 J , the device  58803  comprises two ring portions  58203 A,  58203 B that are on the same side of the major axis and on opposite sides of the minor axis. In  FIG.  58 K , the device  58804  comprises one ring portion  58204 . In  FIG.  58 L , the device  58805  comprises three ring portions  58205 A,  58205 B,  58205 C in which the ring portions  58205 A,  58205 B are on the same side of the major axis and on opposite sides of the minor axis, the ring portions  58205 A,  58205 C are on opposite sides of the major axis and on opposite sides of the minor axis, and the ring portions  58205 B,  58205 C are on opposite sides of the major axis and the same side of the minor axis. Other numbers and configurations of ring portions are also possible. In some implementations comprising one ring structure on a side of the major axis, the arm of the ring structure may be longer, including extending up to or even abutting but not anchored in the housing structure on the other side of the minor axis. 
       FIG.  61 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  6100 .  FIG.  61 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6100  of  FIG.  61 A .  FIG.  61 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6100  of  FIG.  61 A . The device  6100  comprises openings  6126 A,  6126 B in the housing structure  6112 . The opening  6126 A may be the same or different than the opening  6126 B. An inserted device (e.g., an intraocular lens or other device) may be inside the housing structure  6112  of the device  6100  and/or project through one or both of the openings  6126 A,  6126 B to the unoccupied capsular recess. The openings  6126 A,  6126 B may allow rotation of the inserted device, for example comprising a lens that needs to be rotated (e.g., for astigmatism correction). The openings  6126 A,  6126 B may allow delivery of a medicament (including but not limited to therapeutic agents in the form of pharmaceuticals, biologic agents, monoclonal antibodies, gene therapy and gene vectors, radiation therapy, chemotherapeutic agents, engineered cell culture products) from an inserted drug delivery platform (including but not limited to traditional platforms and non-traditional platforms engineered cell culture biologic agent monoclonal antibody and/or protein producing implants) through one or both of the openings  6126 A,  6126 B into the natural capsular bag and into the vitreous or posterior segment. The openings  6126 A,  6126 B may provide access the unoccupied space of the housing structure  6112 , for example to store a battery, microchip, or other opaque piece of technology that is desirably held outside of the visual axis or pupillary aperture. 
     The openings  6126 A,  6126 B illustrated in  FIGS.  61 A- 61 C  are between the ring structure portions  6120 A,  6120 B and between the ring structure portions  6120 C,  6120 D, respectively. Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the openings are also possible. For example, the device  6100  may also or alternatively comprise openings between the ring structure portions  6120 A,  6120 C and/or between the ring structure portions  6120 B,  6120 D. The device  6100  may comprise only one opening, only two openings, or more than two openings. The device  6100  may comprise a first plurality of openings between the ring structure portions  6120 A,  6120 B and/or a second plurality of openings between the ring structure portions  6120 C,  6120 D. A plurality of openings smaller than the openings  6126 A,  6126 B may increase the structural integrity of the device  6100  and/or inhibit lens epithelial cell growth into the cavity of the housing structure  6112  while still providing at least one of the potential advantages described herein. 
     The openings  6126 A,  6126 B are illustrated as being mirror-image oval openings, but other shapes are also possible (e.g., polygonal (e.g., rectangular), arcuate (e.g., circular, ellipsoid, oval), slits, combinations thereof, and the like). For example, the openings  6126 A,  6126 B may comprise oval openings with a series of struts  6152  aligned with the longitudinal axis (e.g., as shown with respect to the opening  6176 B of the device  6150  of  FIG.  61 D ) and/or a series of triangular struts. 
     The openings  6126 A,  6126 B may be formed during formation of the housing structure  6112  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the housing structure  6112  (e.g., by a laser, chemical, or mechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housing structure  6112  may comprise a different material around the openings  6126 A,  6126 B (e.g., the housing structure  6212  comprising silicone and the opening surrounding material comprising polyimide). In some implementations, the housing structure  6112  may comprise thicker material around the openings  6126 A,  6126 B (e.g., to buttress the openings  6126 A,  6126 B, for example if another device is to be anchored to the opening  6126 A,  6126 B). In some implementations, the housing structure  6112  may comprise thinner material around the openings  6126 A,  6126 B (e.g., for easier removal of material and/or opening formation). 
       FIG.  62 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  6200 .  FIG.  62 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6200  of  FIG.  62 A .  FIG.  62 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6200  of  FIG.  62 A . The device  6200  comprises openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D in the housing structure  6212 . Each of the openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D may be the same as the others of the openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D. At least one of the openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D may be different than at least one of the other openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D. The openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D, which are smaller than the openings  6126 A,  6126 B described above, may increase the structural integrity of the device  6200  and/or inhibit lens epithelial cell growth into the cavity of the housing structure  6212 . The openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D may allow delivery of a medicament from an inserted drug delivery platform through one, some, or all of the openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D into the natural capsular bag and into the vitreous or posterior segment. The openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D may provide access the unoccupied space of the housing structure  6212 , for example to store a battery, microchip, or other opaque piece of technology that is desirably held outside of the visual axis or pupillary aperture. The openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D illustrated in  FIGS.  62 A- 62 C  are posterior to the ring structure portions  6220 A,  6220 B,  6220 C,  6220 D, respectively. Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the openings are also possible. For example, the device  6200  may comprise only one opening, only two openings, only three openings, only four openings, or more than four openings. The openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D may be at a position other than posterior to the ring structure portions  6220 A,  6220 B,  6220 C,  6220 D. The device  6200  may comprise a plurality of openings posterior to the ring structure portions  6220 A,  6220 B,  6220 C,  6220 D or in another position. The openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D are illustrated as being mirror-image circular openings, but other shapes are also possible (e.g., polygonal (e.g., rectangular), arcuate (e.g., circular, ellipsoid, oval), slits, combinations thereof, and the like). The openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D may provide an anchor point, for example interacting with a protrusion, for another device to be held in the capsule of the device  6200  or outside the device  6200 . The openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D may be formed during formation of the housing structure  6212  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the housing structure  6212  (e.g., by a laser, chemical, or mechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housing structure  6212  may comprise a different material around the openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D (e.g., the housing structure  6212  comprising silicone and the opening surrounding material comprising polyimide). In some implementations, the housing structure  6212  may comprise thicker material around the openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D (e.g., to buttress the openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D, for example if another device is to be anchored to the opening  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D). In some implementations, the housing structure  6212  may comprise thinner material around the openings  6226 A,  6226 B,  6226 C,  6226 D (e.g., for easier removal of material and/or opening formation). 
       FIG.  63 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  6300 .  FIG.  63 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6300  of  FIG.  63 A .  FIG.  63 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6300  of  FIG.  63 A . The device  6300  comprises openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  in the housing structure  6312 . The openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1  illustrated in  FIGS.  63 A- 63 C  are posterior to the ring structure portions  6320 A,  6320 B,  6320 C,  6320 D, respectively. The openings  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  illustrated in  FIGS.  63 A- 63 C  are anterior to the ring structure portions  6320 A,  6320 B,  6320 C,  6320 D, respectively. In some implementations, the openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1  may provide better access to the natural capsular bag (e.g., for transmission of medicaments). In some implementations, the openings  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  may be easier to access from an anterior incision. Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the openings are also possible. For example, the device  6300  may comprise only one opening, only two openings, only three openings, only four openings, only five openings, only six openings, only seven openings, only eight openings, or more than eight openings. The openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1  may be at a position other than posterior to the ring structure portions  6320 A,  6320 B,  6320 C,  6320 D. The openings  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  may be at a position other than anterior to the ring structure portions  6320 A,  6320 B,  6320 C,  6320 D. The device  6300  may comprise a plurality of openings posterior to the ring structure portions  6320 A,  6320 B,  6320 C,  6320 D, a plurality of openings anterior to the ring structure portions  6320 A,  6320 B,  6320 C,  6320 D, or in another position. The openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1  and the openings  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 1  are each illustrated as being mirror-image circular openings, but other shapes are also possible (e.g., polygonal (e.g., rectangular), arcuate (e.g., circular, ellipsoid, oval), slits, combinations thereof, and the like). Each of the openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  may be the same as the others of the openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2 . At least one of the openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  may be different than at least one of the other openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2 . The openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2 , which are smaller than the openings  6126 A,  6126 B described above, may increase the structural integrity of the device  6300  and/or inhibit lens epithelial cell growth into the cavity of the housing structure  6312 . The openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  may allow delivery of a medicament from an inserted drug delivery platform through one, some, or all of the openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  into the natural capsular bag and into the vitreous or posterior segment. The openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  may provide access the unoccupied space of the housing structure  6312 , for example to store a battery, microchip, or other opaque piece of technology that is desirably held outside of the visual axis or pupillary aperture. The openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  may provide an anchor point, for example interacting with a protrusion, for another device to be held in the capsule of the device  6300  or outside the device  6300 . The openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  may be formed during formation of the housing structure  6312  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the housing structure  6212  (e.g., by a laser, chemical, or mechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housing structure  6312  may comprise a different material around the openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  (e.g., the housing structure  6312  comprising silicone and the opening surrounding material comprising polyimide). In some implementations, the housing structure  6312  may comprise thicker material around the openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  (e.g., to buttress the openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2 , for example if another device is to be anchored to the opening  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2 ). In some implementations, the housing structure  6312  may comprise thinner material around the openings  6326 A 1 ,  6326 B 1 ,  6326 C 1 ,  6326 D 1 ,  6326 A 2 ,  6326 B 2 ,  6326 C 2 ,  6326 D 2  (e.g., for easier removal of material and/or opening formation). 
       FIG.  64 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  6400 .  FIG.  64 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6400  of  FIG.  64 A .  FIG.  64 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6400  of  FIG.  64 A . The device  6400  comprises openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D in the housing structure  6412 . Each of the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D may be the same as the others of the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D. At least one of the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D may be different than at least one of the other openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D. The openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D, which are smaller than the openings  6126 A,  6126 B described above, may increase the structural integrity of the device  6400  and/or inhibit lens epithelial cell growth into the cavity of the housing structure  6412 . The openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D may allow delivery of a medicament from an inserted drug delivery platform through one, some, or all of the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D into the natural capsular bag and into the vitreous or posterior segment. The openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D may provide access the unoccupied space of the housing structure  6412 , for example to store a battery, microchip, or other opaque piece of technology that is desirably held outside of the visual axis or pupillary aperture. The openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D may provide an anchor point, for example interacting with a protrusion, for another device to be held in the capsule of the device  6500  or outside the device  6500 . The openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D illustrated in  FIGS.  64 A- 64 C  are anterior to the ring structure portions  6420 A,  6420 B,  6420 C,  6420 D, respectively. In some implementations, the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D may provide access from an anterior incision. Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the openings are also possible. For example, the device  6400  may comprise only one opening or more than four openings. The openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D may be at a position other than anterior to the ring structure portions  6420 A,  6420 B,  6420 C,  6420 D. The device  6400  may comprise a plurality of openings anterior to the ring structure portions  6420 A,  6420 B,  6420 C,  6420 D or in another position. The openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D are illustrated as being mirror-image circular openings, but other shapes are also possible (e.g., polygonal (e.g., rectangular), arcuate (e.g., circular, ellipsoid, oval), slits, combinations thereof, and the like). In some implementations, the posterior surface of the device  6400  includes an opening that is longitudinally aligned with one, some, or all of the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D (e.g., the opening  6426 E illustrated in  FIG.  64 A ). 
     In some implementations, the opening  6426 E and other such openings can provide one or more advantages. The opening  6426 E may inhibit or prevent entrapment of fluid or potentially residual viscoelastic material after implantation of the device  6400 , for example by allowing anterior-posterior fluid flow. The opening  6426 E may allow a drug contained in the device  6400  to reach a posterior segment of the eye (e.g., vitreous, retina, choroid). The opening  6426 E may allow a slow release anti-VEGF injectable (e.g., ranibizuman (e.g., Lucentis® from Genentech), aflibercept (e.g., Eylea® from Regerneron Pharmacueticals) or anti-VEGF produced from cells (e.g., from Neurotech) contained in the device  6400  to reach a posterior segment of the eye (e.g., vitreous, retina, choroid) for treatment of macular degeneration. The opening  6426 E may be sized such that there is little or no pressure gradient from posterior to anterior, for example during anterior decompression. In some implementations, the posterior portion of the natural capsular bag may be opened at a point corresponding to the opening  6426 E to facilitate the communication of the posterior segment with the anterior segment to aid in the diffusion of pharmaceutical agents. The opening of the capsule and the opening  6426 E may be small enough in size that there is a low likelihood of vitreous prolapse through the openings  6426 E. 
     The openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D may be formed during formation of the housing structure  6412  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the housing structure  6412  (e.g., by a laser, chemical, or mechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housing structure  6412  may comprise a different material around the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D (e.g., the housing structure  6412  comprising silicone and the opening surrounding material comprising polyimide). In some implementations, the housing structure  6412  may comprise thicker material around the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D (e.g., to buttress the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D, for example if another device is to be anchored to the opening  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D). In some implementations, the housing structure  6412  may comprise thinner material around the openings  6426 A,  6426 B,  6426 C,  6426 D (e.g., for easier removal of material and/or opening formation). 
       FIG.  65 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  6500 .  FIG.  65 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6500  of  FIG.  65 A .  FIG.  65 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6500  of  FIG.  65 A . The device  6500  comprises slots or slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  in the housing structure  6512 . When the device  6500  in in an unfolded state, the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  may generally be in a closed unless acted upon. For example, pressure (e.g., physical pressure such as from a device to be inserted therethrough, fluid pressure) applied to a slit can force the slit open. For another example, the slits may allow the flow of small amounts of drug, proteins, fluid, etc. The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  may be opened by applying opposing forces, for example like a squeeze coin holder. 
     The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1  illustrated in  FIGS.  65 A- 65 C  are posterior to the ring structure portions  6520 A,  6520 B,  6520 C,  6520 D. The slits  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  illustrated in  FIGS.  65 A- 65 C  are anterior to the ring structure portions  6520 A,  6520 B,  6520 C,  6520 D. The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 C 2  illustrated in  FIGS.  65 A- 65 C  are circumferentially between the ring structure portions  6520 A,  6520 C. The slits  6526 B 1 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 D 2  illustrated in  FIGS.  65 A- 65 C  are circumferentially between the ring structure portions  6520 B,  6520 D. Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the slits are also possible. For example, the device  6500  may comprise only one slit, only two slits, only three slits, only four slits, only five slits, only six slits, only seven slits, only eight slits, or more than eight slits. The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1  may be at a position other than posterior to the ring structure portions  6520 A,  6520 B,  6520 C,  6520 D. The slits  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  may be at a position other than anterior to the ring structure portions  6520 A,  6520 B,  6520 C,  6520 D. The device  6500  may comprise a plurality of slits posterior to the ring structure portions  6520 A,  6520 B,  6520 C,  6520 D, a plurality of slits anterior to the ring structure portions  6520 A,  6520 B,  6520 C,  6520 D, or in another position. The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1  and the slits  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 1  are each illustrated as being mirror-image straight slits, but other shapes are also possible (e.g., polygonal, arcuate, combinations thereof, and the like). Each of the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  may be the same as the others of the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2 . At least one of the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  may be different than at least one of the other slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2 . The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2 , which are smaller than the slits  6126 A,  6126 B described above, may increase the structural integrity of the device  6500  and/or inhibit lens epithelial cell growth into the cavity of the housing structure  6512 . The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  may allow delivery of a medicament from an inserted drug delivery platform through one, some, or all of the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  into the natural capsular bag and into the vitreous or posterior segment. The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  may provide access the unoccupied space of the housing structure  6512 , for example to store a battery, microchip, or other opaque piece of technology that is desirably held outside of the visual axis or pupillary aperture. The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  may provide an anchor point, for example interacting with a protrusion, for another device to be held in the capsule of the device  6500  or outside the device  6500 . The slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  may be formed during formation of the housing structure  6512  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the housing structure  6512  (e.g., by a laser, chemical, or mechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housing structure  6512  may comprise a different material around the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  (e.g., the housing structure  6512  comprising silicone and the opening surrounding material comprising polyimide). In some implementations, the housing structure  6512  may comprise thicker material around the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  (e.g., to buttress the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2 , for example if another device is to be anchored to the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2 ). In some implementations, the housing structure  6512  may comprise thinner material around the slits  6526 A 1 ,  6526 B 1 ,  6526 C 1 ,  6526 D 1 ,  6526 A 2 ,  6526 B 2 ,  6526 C 2 ,  6526 D 2  (e.g., for easier removal of material, slit formation, slit opening, etc.). 
       FIG.  66 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  6600 .  FIG.  66 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6600  of  FIG.  66 A .  FIG.  66 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6600  of  FIG.  66 A . The device  6600  comprises slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  in the housing structure  6612 . The slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1  illustrated in  FIGS.  66 A- 66 C  are posterior to the ring structure portions  6620 A,  6620 B,  6620 C,  6620 D. The slits  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  illustrated in  FIGS.  66 A- 66 C  are anterior to the ring structure portions  6620 A,  6620 B,  6620 C,  6620 D. The slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 D 2  illustrated in  FIGS.  66 A- 66 C  are circumferentially proximate to the anchor portions of the ring structure portions  6620 A,  6620 B,  6620 C,  6620 D, respectively. Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the slits are also possible. For example, the device  6600  may comprise only one slit, only two slits, only three slits, only four slits, only five slits, only six slits, only seven slits, only eight slits, or more than eight slits. The slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1  may be at a position other than posterior to the ring structure portions  6620 A,  6620 B,  6620 C,  6620 D. The slits  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  may be at a position other than anterior to the ring structure portions  6620 A,  6620 B,  6620 C,  6620 D. The device  6600  may comprise a plurality of slits posterior to the ring structure portions  6620 A,  6620 B,  6620 C,  6620 D, a plurality of slits anterior to the ring structure portions  6620 A,  6620 B,  6620 C,  6620 D, or in another position. The slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1  and the slits  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 1  are each illustrated as being mirror-image slits, but other shapes are also possible (e.g., polygonal, arcuate, combinations thereof, and the like). Each of the slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  may be the same as the others of the slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2 . At least one of the slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  may be different than at least one of the other slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2 . The slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2 , which are smaller than the slits  6126 A,  6126 B described above, may increase the structural integrity of the device  6600  and/or inhibit lens epithelial cell growth into the cavity of the housing structure  6612 . The slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  may allow delivery of a medicament from an inserted drug delivery platform through one, some, or all of the slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  into the natural capsular bag and into the vitreous or posterior segment. The slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  may provide access the unoccupied space of the housing structure  6612 , for example to store a battery, microchip, or other opaque piece of technology that is desirably held outside of the visual axis or pupillary aperture. The slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  may provide an anchor point, for example interacting with a protrusion, for another device to be held in the capsule of the device  6600  or outside the device  6600 . The slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  may be formed during formation of the housing structure  6612  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the housing structure  6612  (e.g., by a laser, chemical, or mechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housing structure  6612  may comprise a different material around the slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  (e.g., the housing structure  6612  comprising silicone and the slit surrounding material comprising polyimide). In some implementations, the housing structure  6612  may comprise thicker material around the slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  (e.g., to buttress the slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2 , for example if another device is to be anchored to the slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2 ). In some implementations, the housing structure  6612  may comprise thinner material around the slits  6626 A 1 ,  6626 B 1 ,  6626 C 1 ,  6626 D 1 ,  6626 A 2 ,  6626 B 2 ,  6626 C 2 ,  6626 D 2  (e.g., for easier removal of material, slit formation, slit opening, etc.). 
     The housing structure openings and slits described herein can be used to provide an anchor point, a pathway through the housing structure (e.g., for wires or leads from a battery exterior to the device to electronics inside the device), for other device(s) to be held in the capsule of the device or outside the device. The other devices can include electronic devices, medicament delivery systems, etc. In some implementations, the device comprises one or more interior and/or exterior protrusions configured to interact with an element of another device. 
       FIG.  67 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  6700 .  FIG.  67 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6700  of  FIG.  67 A .  FIG.  67 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6700  of  FIG.  67 A . The device  6700  comprises ring structure portions  6720 A,  6720 B,  6720 C,  6720 D. The ring structure portions  6720 A,  6720 B,  6720 C,  6720 D comprise openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6727 D 1 , respectively, which may provide one or more of the advantages discussed herein with respect to openings of other ring structure portions. The device  6700  further comprises openings or eyelets or grommets  6628 A 2 ,  6628 B 2 ,  6628 C 2 ,  6628 D 2 ,  6628 A 3 ,  6628 B 3 ,  6628 C 3 ,  6628 D 3 . The openings  6628 A 2 ,  6628 B 2 ,  6628 C 2 ,  6628 D 2  are radially outward of and coupled to the ring structure portions  6720 A,  6720 B,  6720 C,  6720 D, respectively. The openings  6628 A 2 ,  6628 B 2 ,  6628 C 2 ,  6628 D 2  are radially inward of and separate from the ring structure portions  6720 A,  6720 B,  6720 C,  6720 D, respectively. Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the openings are also possible. For example, the device  6700  may comprise only one opening, only two openings, only three openings, only four openings, only five openings, only six openings, only seven openings, only eight openings, only nine openings, only ten openings, only eleven openings, only twelve openings, or more than twelve openings. Each of the openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  may be the same as the others of the openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3 . At least one of the openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  may be different than at least one of the other openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3 . The openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  may provide an anchor point, for example interacting with a protrusion, for another device to be held outside the device  6700 , for suturing to parts of an eye such as a natural capsular bag, zonules, ciliary muscles, scleral wall, etc., and/or for allowing epithelial cell growth, allow fibrosis therethrough, and/or the like. Other devices can be coupled to one or more of the openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  after the device  6700  has been positioned in a natural capsular bag of an eye. Coupling the other device(s) after positioning of the device  6700 , for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the other device(s) to the device  6700  before positioning the device  6700  in an eye, can allow the device  6700  to be injected through a smaller opening as described herein. Coupling other device(s), for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the other device(s) with the device  6700 , can allow a variety of other devices to be used. In some implementations, the other device(s) may be removed and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. In some implementations, the other device(s) may be absorbed over time, and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. The positions of the openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  can allow functional use of other devices in the volume of the natural capsular bag radially outward of the housing structure  6812 . The openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  may be formed during formation of the device  6700  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the device  6700  (e.g., by a laser, chemical, or mechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housing structure  6712  may comprise a different material than the material surrounding the openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  (e.g., the housing structure  6712  comprising silicone and the opening surrounding material comprising polyimide). 
       FIG.  68 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  6800 .  FIG.  68 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6800  of  FIG.  68 A .  FIG.  68 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6800  of  FIG.  68 A . The device  6800  comprises ring structure portions  6820 A,  6820 B,  6820 C,  6820 D. The device  6800  further comprises a sliding retainer  6830 A posterior to and circumferentially between the ring structure portions  6820 A,  6820 B and a sliding retainer  6830 B posterior to and circumferentially between the ring structure portions  6820 C,  6820 D. The sliding retainer  6830 A comprises an upper or anterior portion and a lower or posterior portion forming a retaining cavity  6832 A, and the sliding retainer  6830 B comprises an upper or anterior portion and a lower or posterior portion forming a retaining cavity  6832 B. The positions between the ring structure portions can allow functional use of other devices in the volume of the natural capsular bag radially outward of the housing structure  6812 . Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the sliding retainers are also possible. For example, the device  6800  may comprise only one sliding retainer, only two sliding retainers, or more than two sliding retainers. In some implementations, a sliding retainer comprises a dovetail-shaped retaining cavity, for example configured to interact with a dovetail-shaped protrusion of another device. 
     The sliding retainers  6830 A,  6830 B are configured to receive a slot protrusion of another device. For example,  FIG.  68 D  schematically shows an example of another device  6850  interacting with the sliding retainer  6830 B. One or more devices may interact with one or both of the sliding retainers  6830 A,  6830 B (e.g., sliding in from one or either end of the sliding retainers  6830 A,  6830 B). The example device  6850  includes a slot protrusion  6852  and a radially outwardly projecting part  6854 . The projecting part  6854  may take any variety of shapes and sizes. The device  6850  can be slid into the retaining cavity of the structure  6830 B after the device  6800  has been positioned in a natural capsular bag of an eye. Coupling the device  6850  after positioning of the device  6800 , for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the device  6850  to the device  6800  before positioning the device  6800  in an eye, can allow the device  6800  to be injected through a smaller opening as described herein. Coupling the device  6850 , for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the device  6850  with the device  6800 , can allow a variety of other devices  6850  to be used. In some implementations, the other device may be removed (e.g., by sliding out the side of the sliding retainer, by radially pulling out if the sliding retainer material is resilient, etc.) and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. In some implementations, the other device may be absorbed over time, and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. 
     The sliding retainers  6830 A,  6830 B may be formed during formation of the device  6800  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the device  6800  (e.g., by a laser, chemical, or mechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housing structure  6812  may comprise a different material than the sliding retainers  6830 A,  6830 B (e.g., the housing structure  6812  comprising silicone and the sliding retainers  6830 A,  6830 B comprising polyimide). The sliding retainers  6830 A,  6830 B may be integral with or separate from the ring structure portions  6820 A,  6820 B,  6820 C,  6820 D. 
       FIG.  69 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  6900 .  FIG.  69 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6900  of  FIG.  69 A .  FIG.  69 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  6900  of  FIG.  69 A . The device  6900  comprises ring structure portions  6920 A,  6920 B,  6920 C,  6920 D. The device  6900  further comprises a sliding retainer  6930 A radially inward of and circumferentially between the ring structure portions  6920 A,  6920 B and a sliding retainer  6930 B radially inward of and circumferentially between the ring structure portions  6920 C,  6920 D. The sliding retainer  6930 A comprises a first portion radially inward of the ring structure portion  6920 A and a second portion radially inward of the ring structure portion  6920 B, the first portion and the second portion forming a retaining cavity  6932 A. The sliding retainer  6930 B comprises a first portion radially inward of the ring structure portion  6920 C and a second portion radially inward of the ring structure portion  6920 D, the first portion and the second portion forming a retaining cavity  6932 B. The positions circumferentially between the ring structure portions can allow functional use of other devices in the volume of the natural capsular bag radially outward of the housing structure  6912 . Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the sliding retainers are also possible. For example, the device  6900  may comprise only one sliding retainer, only two sliding retainers, or more than two sliding retainers. In some implementations, a sliding retainer comprises a dovetail-shaped retaining cavity, for example configured to interact with a dovetail-shaped protrusion of another device. 
     The sliding retainers  6930 A,  6930 B are configured to receive a slot protrusion of another device. For example,  FIG.  69 D  schematically shows an example of another device  6950  interacting with the sliding retainer  6930 B. One or more devices may interact with one or both of the sliding retainers  6930 A,  6930 B (e.g., sliding in from one or either end of the sliding retainers  6930 A,  6930 B). The example device  6950  includes a slot protrusion  6952  and a radially outwardly projecting part  6954 . The projecting part  6954  may take any variety of shapes and sizes. The device  6950  can be slid into the retaining cavity of the structure  6930 B after the device  6900  has been positioned in a natural capsular bag of an eye. Sliding the device  6950  anterior to posterior may be physically less difficult than, for example, sliding a device  6850  from a side, particularly in a later procedure. Coupling the device  6950  after positioning of the device  6900 , for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the device  6950  to the device  6900  before positioning the device  6900  in an eye, can allow the device  6900  to be injected through a smaller opening as described herein. Coupling the device  6950 , for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the device  6950  with the device  6900 , can allow a variety of other devices  6950  to be used. In some implementations, the other device may be removed (e.g., by sliding out the side of the sliding retainer, by radially pulling out if the sliding retainer material is resilient, etc.) and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. In some implementations, the other device may be absorbed over time, and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. 
     The sliding retainers  6930 A,  6930 B may be formed during formation of the device  6900  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the device  6900  (e.g., by a laser, chemical, or mechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housing structure  6912  may comprise a different material than the sliding retainers  6930 A,  6930 B (e.g., the housing structure  6912  comprising silicone and the sliding retainers  6930 A,  6930 B comprising polyimide). The sliding retainers  6930 A,  6930 B may be integral with or separate from the ring structure portions  6920 A,  6920 B,  6920 C,  6920 D. 
       FIG.  70 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7000 .  FIG.  70 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  7000  of  FIG.  70 A .  FIG.  70 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  7000  of  FIG.  70 A . The device  7000  comprises ring structure portions  7020 A,  7020 B,  7020 C,  7020 D. The ring structure portions  7020 A,  7020 B,  7020 C,  7020 D comprise openings  7028 A,  7028 B,  7028 C,  7027 D, respectively, which may provide one or more of the advantages discussed herein with respect to openings of other ring structure portions. The device  7000  further comprises interior openings or eyelets or grommets  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 . 1 . The openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 I are in the capsule of the housing structure  7012  of the device  7000 . The openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J may be formed from the same material as (e.g., integral with) the ring structure portions  7020 A,  7020 B,  7020 C,  7020 D. Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the openings are also possible. For example, the device  7000  may comprise only one interior opening, only two interior openings, only three interior openings, only four interior openings, only five interior openings, only six interior openings, only seven interior openings, only eight interior openings, only nine interior openings, only ten interior openings, or more than ten interior openings. The openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J are illustrated as being extending inwardly from ends of the housing structure  7012 , but the openings may extend inwardly from sides of the housing structure  7012  and/or outwardly from the housing structure  7012 . The openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J may be longitudinally aligned or parallel to the ring structure portions  7020 A,  7020 B,  7020 C,  7020 D, anterior to the ring structure portions  7020 A,  7020 B,  7020 C,  7020 D, and/or posterior to the ring structure portions  7020 A,  7020 B,  7020 C,  7020 D. Each of the openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J may be the same as the others of the openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J. At least one of the openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J may be different than at least one of the other openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J. The openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J may provide an anchor point, for example interacting with a protrusion, for another device to be held inside the device  7000 . Other devices can be coupled to one or more of the openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J after the device  7000  has been positioned in a natural capsular bag of an eye. Coupling the other device(s) after positioning of the device  7000 , for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the other device(s) to the device  7000  before positioning the device  7000  in an eye, can allow the device  7000  to be injected through a smaller opening as described herein. Coupling other device(s), for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the other device(s) with the device  7000 , can allow a variety of other devices to be used. In some implementations, the other device(s) may be removed and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. In some implementations, the other device(s) may be absorbed over time, and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. The openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J may be formed during formation of the device  7000  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the device  7000 . In some implementations, the housing structure  7012  may comprise a different material than the material surrounding the openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J (e.g., the housing structure  7012  comprising silicone and the opening surrounding material comprising polyimide). 
       FIG.  71 A  illustrates a perspective view of an example device  7140  for coupling to a prosthetic capsular device. The device  7140  comprises a first attachment portion  7142  and a second functional portion  7144 . The first attachment portion  7142  illustrated in  FIG.  71 A  comprises a hairpin structure. The hairpin structure  7142  extends from the second functional portion  7144  then turns back towards the second functional portion  7144 . As illustrated in  FIG.  71 A , the hairpin structure  7142  turns approximately 270°, then reverses 180° three times to form undulations like a hairpin. The first turn may be larger than the later turns. The hairpin structure  7142  may comprise fewer turns, including a single turn that may be less than 270°. The second functional portion  7144  may comprise a drug eluting device. For example, the second functional portion  7144  may comprise a cage configured to hold medicament pellets. The medicament may elute through sidewalls of the cage. The cage may comprise an opening  7146 , for example allowing for the insertion and/or removal of medicament pellets. In some implementations, the second functional portion  7144  comprises a different type of medicament device, an electronic device, etc. 
       FIG.  71 B  illustrates an example coupling of the example device  7140  of  FIG.  71 A  with an example portion  7138  of a prosthetic capsular device. The portion  7138  may be similar, for example, to the openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  of the device  6700 , the openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 J, or other openings or attachment structures. The tail end of the hairpin structure  7142  is inserted through the opening  7138  and slid until the opening  7138  is proximate to the first turn, which can lock the device  7140  in position. In some implementations, a plurality of devices can be directly coupled to a single opening  7138 . In some implementations, a plurality of devices can be coupled to a single opening  7138 , for example a first device  7140  anchoring to the opening  7138  and then at least one other device anchoring to anchor structure  7142  (e.g., along different longitudinal positions of the anchor structure  7142 ). 
       FIG.  71 C  illustrates an example coupling of an example device  7150  with an example portion  7138  of a prosthetic capsular device. The device  7150  comprises a first attachment portion  7152  and a second functional portion (not shown) extending from the first attachment portion  7152 . The first attachment portion  7152  comprises a carabiner structure  7152 . The carabiner structure  7152  comprises a C-shaped frame  7153  and a gate  7154 . The gate  7154  is coupled to the frame  7153  at a hinge  7155 . In an open configuration in which the gate  7154  pivots inside the frame  7153 , an opening or gap  7158  is formed between the end  7156  of the gate  7154  and the end  7157  of the frame  7153 , allowing the frame  7153  to be positioned in an opening  7138 . In a closed configuration in which the gate  7154  pivots outward, the gap  7158  is removed and the end  7156  of the gate  7154  and the end  7157  of the frame  7153  make contact, inhibiting or preventing the frame  7153  from sliding out of the opening  7138 . The frame  7153  may comprise shapes other than C-shaped. The gate  7155  may comprise shapes other than substantially linear. In some implementations, the ends  7156 ,  7157  are configured to enhance interaction in the closed position (e.g., comprising complementary shapes). The second functional portion may comprise a drug eluting device, for example similar to the second functional portion  7144  of  FIGS.  71 A and  71 B . The portion  7138  may be similar, for example, to the openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  of the device  6700 , the openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 I, or other openings or attachment structures. In some implementations, a plurality of devices can be directly coupled to a single opening  7138 . In some implementations, a plurality of devices can be coupled to a single opening  7138 , for example a first device  7150  anchoring to the opening  7138  and then at least one other device anchoring to carabener structure  7152 . 
       FIG.  71 D  illustrates an example coupling of an example device  7160  with an example portion  7138  of a prosthetic capsular device. The device  7160  comprises a first attachment portion  7162  and a second functional portion  7166 . The first attachment portion  7162  extends from the second functional portion  7166  by a member  7165 . The first attachment portion  7162  comprises an arrowhead structure  7162 . The arrowhead structure  7162  comprises a point  7163  and barbs  7164  pointing away from the point  7163 . The arrowhead structure  7162  may be at least partially deformable in a first direction of the point  7163  and generally non-deformable in a second direction away from the point  7163 . 
     The second functional  7166  portion may comprise a drug eluting device, for example similar to the second functional portion  7144  of  FIGS.  71 A and  71 B . The portion  7138  may be similar, for example, to the openings  6728 A 1 ,  6728 B 1 ,  6728 C 1 ,  6728 D 1 ,  6728 A 2 ,  6728 B 2 ,  6728 C 2 ,  6728 D 2 ,  6728 A 3 ,  6728 B 3 ,  6728 C 3 ,  6728 D 3  of the device  6700 , the openings  7038 A,  7038 B,  7038 C,  7038 D,  7038 E,  7038 F,  7038 G,  7038 H,  7038 I,  7038 I, or other openings or attachment structures. The point  7163  is inserted through the opening  7138  until the barbs  1764  are on the opposite side of the opening  7138 , which can lock the device  7160  in position. 
     Examples of drugs or medicaments that may be compatible with one or more of the devices described herein are non-limiting. Further and more creative solutions may be developed for the delivery of pharmaceutical, biologic, monoclonal antibodies, chemotherapeutic, radiation emitting and/or genetic (e.g., stem cell) therapies inside the eye. Certain devices described herein are designed with the future in mind by preserving and protecting an open space in the anterior segment of the eye (e.g., the internal volume of the device that outside the optical path) for the potential placement of controlled distribution devices for treatment of pathologic, refractive, aesthetic, etc. conditions. The ease of access to this space through an anterior segment approach (cornea, limbus, or scleral tunnel) can advantageously allow placement, modification, exchange, replacement, and/or removal of such medicament delivery devices, providing long-term viability to implants that may have a finite duration of effectiveness. 
     Bimatoprost S R (Lumigan® from Allergan, Inc.) is an example of a time released drug that is effective (e.g., has been shown to successfully reduce intraocular pressure for treatment of glaucoma and/or ocular hypertension), but non-reversible (e.g., not able to be removed from the eye and/or potentially requiring rescue therapy) and impractical to implement. The drug pellet is placed into the anterior chamber of the eye through a small needle (e.g., intracameral injection) and left to float and drift inside the anterior segment without sequestration. Adverse outcomes could include loss of endothelial cells, cataract formation, iritis, and allergic reaction to one of the components in the implant (drug and/or vehicle). Drugs having a cosmetic or aesthetic effect may also be used. For example, a higher dosage version of bimatoprost is sold by Allergan as an eyelash growth serum, which may be developed into an implant form. Other non-limiting examples of medicaments include a fluocinolone acetonide implant (Iluvien® from Alimera Sciences, Inc. of Alpharetta, Ga.) and a dexamethasone intravitreal implant (Ozurdex® from Allergan, Inc.). These examples are slowly dissolving steroid implants that are injected into the vitreous cavity, left to float in the vitreous with no control over migration. Traditionally, steroids have also been injected into the vitreous as a bolus of the steroid suspension (such as triamcinolone), which can cause a visual disturbance since the drug suspension can form a white opaque cloud covering vast portions of the visual field. Drugs implants designed for long term delivery have also been developed with surgically implanted carriers. For example, the ganciclovir intravitreal implant (Vitrasert® from Auritec Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) for treatment of CMV retinitis and the fluocinolone acetonide (Retisert® from Bausch &amp; Lomb Inc.) are both designed as slowly dissolvable drug inside a carrier that must be surgically implanted through the sclera directly into the vitreous, requiring suture fixation to the sclera. These are not technically easy to perform, even by a skilled ophthalmic surgeon, and carry associated morbidity such as retinal detachment, infection, and blindness. 
     Neurotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. of Cumberland, R.I. is developing an implant (NT-503) for its encapsulated cell therapy that is designed to be sutured to the sclera. The Neurotech implant contains a live cell culture that has been modified to produce proteins that function as a vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) trap. The cell culture is kept alive through nutrients available inside the eye, effectively acting as an implantable biologic drug producing factory. 
       FIG.  75 A  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device system  7500 . The system  7500  includes a prosthetic capsular device  7501  (e.g., having features of the device  5800 , other devices described herein, etc.). For example, the device  7501  may comprise openings to allow medicament to flow into the anterior chamber and/or the posterior chamber. The device  7501  includes an anchoring structure  7502  configured to interact with a medicament delivery device. The anchoring structure  7502  includes a first pole or rod or bar or rail  7502 A and a first pole or rod or bar or rail  7502 B. The system  7500  is illustrated in  FIG.  75 A  as comprising one medicament delivery device  7504  interacting with the second rail  7502 B to better illustrate the first rail  7502 A, but the system  7500  could include two medicament delivery devices  7504  (e.g., one on each lateral side of a posterior optic  7510 ) or a plurality of medicament delivery devices (e.g., a plurality on one lateral side of the posterior optic  7510 ). The first rail  7502 A is anchored to the housing structure of the device  7501  and extends, as illustrated in  FIG.  75 A , to the left, with a free end on the left side. The first rail  7502 A may comprise a same material as and/or integral with a ring structure portion. The first rail  7502 A may be the same as the rail  7502 B (e.g., a mirror image (e.g., both anchored on the right), reversed (identical but the rail  7502 B anchored on the left), etc.). The first rail  7502 A may be different than the rail  7502 B. For example, the first rail  7502 A may have a different property (e.g., length, cross-sectional area (e.g., diameter), lateral position, anchor point, shape, material, etc.) than the second rail  7502 B. In some implementations, the device  7501  comprises a plurality of rails on one side of the optic  7510 . For example, the device  7501  may comprise a first rail extending laterally from left to right and a second rail extending laterally from right to left. The device  7501  may also or alternatively comprise one or more rails on the left and/or right sides of the optic  7510 . The device  7501  may be deployed in a capsulorhexis. In some implementations, the system  7500  may be used as a medicament delivery system without containing an IOL. 
       FIG.  75 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example medicament delivery device  7504  of the prosthetic capsular device system  7500  of  FIG.  75 A . The medicament delivery device  7504  comprises a shell or cage  7508  containing or configured to contain a medicament. In some implementations, the cage  7508  comprises a mesh structure configured to interact with fluid (e.g., anterior chamber fluid) in the device  7501 . In some implementations, the medicament may comprise a bacterial culture configured to provide a protein as a waste product. In certain such implementations, the bacteria may derive nutrients from the anterior chamber fluid. In some implementations, the cage  7508  comprises a selective membrane (e.g., an osmotic membrane) configured to allow medicament to flow out to the device  7501 . The details of the cage  7508  may vary based on the medicament. The medicament delivery device  7504  maybe inserted into the device  7501  before and/or after an IOL. The medicament delivery device  7504  may be folded for insertion into the device  7501 , then unfold (e.g., self-expand, be unfolded) in the capsule of the device  7501 . The medicament delivery device  7504  includes a plurality of tubes or ducts or pipes or sleeves  7506 A,  7506 B,  7506 C configured to interact with the second rail  7502 B. The free end of the rail  7502 B, on the right side in  FIG.  75 A , can be inserted into an open end of the first sleeve  7506 A, through the first sleeve  7506 A, into an open end of the second sleeve  7506 B, through the second sleeve  7506 B, into an open end of the third sleeve  7506 C, and through the third sleeve  7506 C, for example by rotating the medicament delivery device  7504  clockwise. The rail  7502 B inhibits or prevents the medicament delivery device  7504  from migrating in the device  7501 , for example because the sleeves  7506 A,  7506 B,  7506 C, which are coupled to the device body  7508 , are inhibited from moving. More or fewer sleeves are also possible. In some implementations, features other than sleeves can be configured to interact with a rail. 
     The cage  7508  may include an opening or slit configured to allow insertion of medicament after insertion into the device  7501 . For example, the cage  7508  may be inserted empty, and then a drug may be inserted through the opening or slit, thereafter inhibited or prevented from migrating out of the medicament delivery device  7504 . In some implementations, the cage  7508  may be inserted with a first drug implant inside, and once that drug loses effectiveness, a second drug implant, which may be the same or different than the first drug implant, may be inserted. In some implementations, the medicament delivery device  7504  may be removed (e.g., by rotating counter-clockwise to disengage the rail  7502 B from the sleeves  7506 A,  7506 B,  7506 C) and a second medicament delivery device  7504  may be inserted in the device  7501 . In some implementations, a second medicament delivery device  7504  may be inserted in the device  7501  while the first medicament delivery device  7504  remains (e.g., interacting with the rail  7502 A or also interacting with the rail  7502 B). For example, the full benefit of the medicament in the first medicament delivery device  7504  may be realized (e.g., exhausting all of the active ingredient(s)) without a reduction in effectiveness over time due to decreasing dosage. 
       FIG.  75 C  illustrates an anterior plan view of another example medicament delivery device  7514  of a prosthetic capsular device system. The device  7514  comprises a cage  7508  and a pole or rod or bar or rail  7516 . The rail  7516  may be configured to interact with one or a plurality of tubes or ducts or pipes or sleeves of a prosthetic capsular device (e.g., an inverse of the system  7500 ). In some implementations, a first side of a prosthetic capsular device comprises a rail and a second side of the prosthetic capsular device comprises a plurality of sleeves. 
       FIG.  75 D  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another example medicament delivery device  7550  of a prosthetic capsular device system. The device  7550  includes a framework  7552 , a first cage  7554 A, and a second cage  7554 B. The framework  7552  may comprise a ring (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  75 D ), a plurality of rings (e.g., an upper ring, a lower ring, an intermediate ring, a partial ring in the area of the cage  7554 B), struts between rings, broken rings (e.g., to aid flexibility for insertion), combinations thereof, and the like. The framework  7552  may comprise a flexible material capable of or configured to revert to an original shape once inserted into the cavity of a prosthetic capsular device. For example, the framework  7552  may comprise polyimide, polyamide, PLLA, PLGA, superelastic alloys (e.g., nitinol, chromium-cobalt), etc. The cages  7554 A,  7554 B may be, for example, similar to the cage  7508 . The device  7550  may comprise only one cage, two cages, or more than two cages. One or both of the cages  7554 A,  7554 B may be coupled to the framework  7552 , for example, by threading a rail of the framework  7552  through sleeves (e.g., as described with respect to  FIGS.  75 A and  75 B ). One or both of the cages may be coupled to the framework  7552 , for example, by adhesive, welding, chemical adhesion, intertwining, combinations thereof, and the like. The device  7550  is capable of or configured to be inserted into a prosthetic capsular device that does not necessarily include any features configured to interact with the device  7550 . The framework may self-expand within a cavity of the prosthetic capsular device radially outward of an anterior opening, anchoring the device  7550  in place. The device  7550  can be removed from the prosthetic capsular device, for example after medicament in the cages  7554 A,  7554 B has been exhausted. A second device  7550  may be inserted after removal of the first device  7550 . In some implementations, multiple devices  7550  (e.g., having a smaller thickness, different shapes of devices  7550  that may be configured to fit together, etc.) may be inserted into a prosthetic capsular device. 
       FIG.  75 E  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device system  7560  including the medicament delivery device  7550  of  FIG.  75 D . The device  7550  has been inserted into the prosthetic capsular device. The cages  7554 A,  7554 B are out of the visual axis, for example at least partially defined by a portion of or the entire posterior refractive surface. The prosthetic capsular device need not have any special features configured to engage the device  7550  apart from a cavity. In some implementations, the prosthetic capsular device may include a lip, posts, or the like configured to interact with the device  7550 . In some implementations, the shape of the framework  7552  may correspond or substantially correspond to a lateral cross-sectional shape or a volume of the cavity of the prosthetic capsular device, for example to increase or maximize the internal volume available for the cages  7554 A,  7554 B. 
       FIG.  76 A  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7600 . To aid understanding, the device  7600  is shown holding an IOL  7602  (e.g., Akreos® Adapt AO from Bausch and Lomb). The IOL  7602  comprises a plurality of openings or holes or apertures  7604 A,  7604 B,  7604 C,  7604 D. The device  7600  comprises a plurality of poles or columns or pillars or posts  7606 A,  7606 B,  7606 C,  7606 D. The posts  7606 A,  7606 B,  7606 C,  7606 D are configured to interact with the apertures  7604 A,  7604 B,  7604 C,  7604 D. The interaction may inhibit or prevent rotation of the IOL  7602  within the device  7600 , for example because the posts  7606 A,  7606 B,  7606 C,  7606 D bear against the insides of the apertures  7604 A,  7604 B,  7604 C,  7604 D. The device  7600  may comprise more or fewer posts  7606 A,  7606 B,  7606 C,  7606 D. For example, the posts  7606 B,  7606 D, the posts  7606 A,  7606 C, or other combinations may be omitted. For another example, additional posts may be added, for example inward of the rounded recesses formed between the outward protrusions and the optic of the IOL  7602 . Although illustrated as generally cylindrical, the posts  7606 A,  7606 B,  7606 C,  7606 D may take other shapes (e.g., oblong, polygonal, configured to match the shapes of the apertures  7604 A,  7604 B,  7604 C,  7604 D, etc.). 
       FIG.  76 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7610 . To aid understanding, the device  7610  is shown holding an IOL  7612  (e.g., enVista™ from Bausch and Lomb). The IOL  7612  comprises a plurality of openings or holes or apertures  7614 A,  7614 B. The device  7610  comprises a plurality of poles or columns or pillars or posts  7616 A,  7616 B. The posts  7616 A,  7616 B are configured to interact with the apertures  7614 A,  7614 B. The interaction may inhibit or prevent rotation of the IOL  7612  within the device  7610 , for example because the posts  7616 A,  7616 B bear against the insides of the apertures  7614 A,  7614 B. The device  7610  may comprise more or fewer posts  7616 A,  7616 B. For example, the post  7616 A or the post  7616 B may be omitted. For another example, additional posts may be added, for example inward of the haptics of the IOL  7612 . Although illustrated as generally cylindrical, the posts  7616 A,  7616 B may take other shapes (e.g., oblong, polygonal, configured to match the shapes of the apertures  7614 A,  7614 B, etc.). 
       FIG.  76 C  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7620 .  FIG.  76 D  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7630 . To aid understanding, the devices  7620 ,  7630  are each shown holding an IOL  7622  (e.g., Akreos® MICS from Bausch and Lomb). The IOL  7622  comprises a plurality of openings or holes or apertures  7624 A,  7624 B,  7624 C,  7624 D. The device  7620  comprises a plurality of poles or columns or pillars or posts  7626 A,  7626 B,  7626 C,  7626 D at the radially outward edges of the haptics. The posts  7626 A,  7626 B,  7626 C,  7626 D are configured to interact with the apertures  7624 A,  7624 B,  7624 C,  7624 D. The interaction may inhibit or prevent rotation of the IOL  7622  within the device  7620 , for example because the posts  7626 A,  7626 B,  7626 C,  7626 D bear against the insides of the apertures  7624 A,  7624 B,  7624 C,  7624 D. The device  7620  may comprise more or fewer posts  7626 A,  7626 B,  7626 C,  7626 D. For example, the posts  7626 B,  7626 D, the posts  7626 A,  7626 C, or other combinations may be omitted. For another example, additional posts may be added, for example configured to interact with the apices between the haptics of the IOL  7622 . Although illustrated as generally cylindrical in  FIG.  76 C , the posts  7626 A,  7626 B,  7626 C,  7626 D may take other shapes (e.g., oblong, polygonal, configured to match the shapes of the apertures  7624 A,  7624 B,  7624 C,  7624 D (e.g., as the posts  7636 A,  7636 B,  7636 C,  7636 D of the device  7630 ), etc.). 
       FIG.  76 E  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7640 . To aid understanding, the device  7640  is shown holding an IOL  7642  (e.g., Tecnis® Toric from Abbott Medical Optics). The IOL  7642  comprises a plurality of rounded recesses  7644 A,  7644 B. The device  7640  comprises a plurality of poles or columns or pillars or posts  7646 A,  7646 B. The posts  7646 A,  7646 B are configured to interact with the apertures  7644 A,  7644 B. In some implementations, the rounded recesses  7644 A,  7644 B can snap around the posts  7646 A,  7646 B. The interaction may inhibit or prevent rotation of the IOL  7642  within the device  7640 , for example because the posts  7646 A,  7646 B bear against the insides of the recesses  7644 A,  7644 B. The device  7640  may comprise more or fewer posts  7646 A,  7646 B. For example, the post  7646 A or the post  7646 B may be omitted. For another example, additional posts may be added. Although illustrated as generally cylindrical, the posts  7646 A,  7646 B may take other shapes (e.g., oblong, polygonal, configured to match the shapes of the apertures  7644 A,  7644 B, etc.). 
       FIG.  76 F  illustrates an anterior plan view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7650 . To aid understanding, the device  7650  is shown holding an IOL  7652  (e.g., AcrySof® IQ Toric from Alcon). The IOL  7652  does not comprise openings or recesses of note. The device  7650  comprises a plurality of poles or columns or pillars or posts  7656 A,  7656 B,  7656 C,  7656 D. The posts  7656 A,  7656 B,  7656 C,  7656 D are configured to interact with the haptics of the IOL  7652 . The interaction may inhibit or prevent rotation of the IOL  7652  within the device  7650 , for example because the posts  7656 A,  7656 B,  7656 C,  7656 D bear against the sides of the haptics. The device  7650  may comprise more or fewer posts  7656 A,  7656 B,  7656 C,  7656 D. For example, the posts  7656 A,  7656 B, the posts  7656 C,  7656 D, or other combinations may be omitted. For another example, additional posts may be added, for example configured to act with other portions of the haptics and/or the optic portion of the IOL  7652 . Although illustrated as generally cylindrical, the posts  7656 A,  7656 B,  7656 C,  7656 D may take other shapes (e.g., oblong, polygonal, configured to match the shapes of haptic features, etc.). 
     Several examples of prosthetic capsular device features configured to interact with example IOL features are explicitly provided herein, other housing shapes, posts, openings, insulated areas, combinations thereof, etc. may be adapted for other IOLs or other devices that may be contained in the device. 
       FIG.  72 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7200 . The device  7200  comprises interior structures or hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D. The hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D are in the capsule of the housing structure  7212  of the device  7200 .  FIG.  72 B  illustrates a magnified side view of an example portion  7038 , representative of one of the hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D, of the example prosthetic capsular  7200  device of  FIG.  72 B . The hairpin  7238  comprises an anchor portion  7240 , for example configured to anchor the hairpin  7238  in the housing structure  7212 . The hairpin  7238  further comprises a pin portion  7042  extending radially inward from the anchor portion  7240  and then turning to extend radially outward. As illustrated in  FIG.  72 B , the hairpin  7038  turns approximately 270°, then reverses 180° three times to form undulations like a hairpin. The first turn may be larger than the later turns. The hairpin  7238  may comprise fewer turns, including a single turn that may be less than 270°.  FIG.  72 B  shows interaction of the hairpin  7238  with a loop structure  7252  of another device  7250  (which could include a container formed out of any biocompatible material including but not limited to surgical suture material such as silk, prolene, gortex, nylon, vicryl, or the like). The loop structure  7252  can be positioned proximate to the radially inward extension of the hairpin  7238  and slid radially inward to be proximate to the first turn, which can lock the device  7250  into position. In some implementations, a plurality of other devices can be coupled to a single hairpin  7238 , for example all anchoring proximate to the first turn or anchoring along different longitudinal positions of the radially inward extension. The hairpin  7238  may be compatible with other types of attachment structures, for example the hairpin structure  7142  of  FIGS.  71 A and  71 B , the carabiner  7150  of  FIG.  71 C , the arrowhead structure  7162  of  FIG.  71 D , etc. 
     The hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D may be formed from the same material as (e.g., integral with) the ring structure portions  7220 A,  7220 B,  7220 C,  7220 D. Other positions, quantities, and shapes of the openings are also possible. For example, the device  7200  may comprise only one hairpin, only two hairpins, only three hairpins, only four hairpins, or more than four hairpins. The hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D are illustrated as being extending inwardly from ends of the housing structure  7212 , but the hairpins may extend inwardly from sides of the housing structure  7212  (e.g., like the hairpins  7238 E,  7238 F of  FIG.  72 A ) and/or outwardly from the housing structure  7212 . Each of the hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D may be the same as the others of the hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D. At least one of the hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D may be different than at least one of the other hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D. The hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D may provide an anchor point, for example interacting with a protrusion, for another device to be held inside the device  7200 . Other devices can be coupled to one or more of the hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D after the device  7200  has been positioned in a natural capsular bag of an eye. Coupling the other device(s) after positioning of the device  7200 , for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the other device(s) to the device  7200  before positioning the device  7200  in an eye, can allow the device  7200  to be injected through a smaller opening as described herein. Coupling other device(s), for example as opposed to coupling or integrally forming the other device(s) with the device  7200 , can allow a variety of other devices to be used. In some implementations, the other device(s) may be removed and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. In some implementations, the other device(s) may be absorbed over time, and a replacement or other device may optionally be coupled during a later procedure. The hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D may be formed during formation of the device  7200  (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed after formation of the device  7200 . In some implementations, the housing structure  7212  may comprise a different material than the material surrounding the hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D (e.g., the housing structure  7212  comprising silicone and the hairpins  7238 A,  7238 B,  7238 C,  7238 D comprising polyimide). 
     As seen in  FIG.  58 A , but perhaps best seen in  FIGS.  58 C and  58 D , the ring structure  5820  extends from the housing structure  5812  at a position anterior to a longitudinal midline of the device  5800 , which may create separation between the anterior capsule and posterior capsule, which could play a role in use of the device  5800  to provide accommodation. 
       FIG.  59 A  illustrates a side view of an example prosthetic capsular device  5900 . The device  5900  can provide accommodation, as explained in further detail below. The device  5900  comprises a housing structure  5912 , a ring structure  5920 , and a refractive surface  5910 . The ring structure  5920  may be similar, for example, to the ring structure  5820 . In some implementations, the ring structure  5920  can allow the device  5900  to be sutured to parts of an eye such as a natural capsular bag, zonules, ciliary muscles, etc. The refractive surface  5910  may be similar, for example, to the refractive surface  5810 . The housing structure  5912  may be similar to, for example, the housing structure  5812 . The end portions of the housing structure  5912  may arch posterior to the central plane of the central plane of the refractive surface  5910 , placing the refractive surface  5910  in a relatively anterior position (e.g., compared to the refractive surface  5810 ), in the absence of outside forces (e.g., capsular forces). The housing structure can have an arch amount  5930  that may be measured by angle, distance, and/or percentage. In some implementations, the arch amount  5930  is between about 10° and about 50° (e.g., about 10°, about 20°, about 25°, about 30°, about 35°, about 40°, about 50°, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The device  5900  comprises an opening  5908  spaced from the refractive surface  5910 . Different longitudinal or anterior-posterior positions of the refractive surface  5910 , which may be at least partially measured by distance from the relatively stable positioning of the opening  5908 , provide different effective lens powers. 
       FIGS.  59 B and  59 C  illustrate an example method of use of the example prosthetic capsular device  5900  of  FIG.  59 A . The device  5900  has been positioned in a natural capsular bag after a phacoemulsification. The natural capsular bag is surrounded by zonules  5942 , which are connected to ciliary muscles  5940 . In a natural eye, the ciliary muscles  5940  contract radially inward to focus on close objects (accommodation or accommodated state), which allows the zonules  5942  to relax, allowing the lens to relax and expand longitudinally; the ciliary muscles  5940  relax radially outward when not focused on close objects (disaccomodation or dis-accomodated state), which tightens the zonules  5942 , longitudinally compressing the natural lens. The changes in lens shape alter the lens power, which provides focus abilities. 
     In  FIG.  59 B , the ciliary muscles  5940  are in a contracted state with the zonules  5942  relaxed for accommodation. Without forces from tightened zonules  5942 , the device  5900  can be in substantially the shape shown in  FIG.  59 A . The refractive surface  5910  is spaced from the opening  5808  by a distance  5946 , which provides a first effective lens power. In  FIG.  59 C , the ciliary muscles  5940  are in a relaxed or resting state with the zonules  5942  tightened for dis-accommodation. The outward forces from the tightened zonules  5942 , as indicated by the arrow  5948 , causes the device  5900  to stretch radially outwardly, resulting in a reduction in arch of the housing structure  5912 . Reducing the arch of the housing structure  5912  moves the refractive surface  5910  posterior, as indicated by the arrow  5952 . The position of the refractive surface  5910  is spaced from the opening  5908  by a distance  5954 , which provides a second effective lens power less than the first effective lens power. If a subject focuses on a close object, the ciliary muscles  5940  will contract, allowing the zonules  5942  to relax, as indicated by the arrow  5950 , and the refractive surface  5910  to move anterior, as indicated by the arrow  5944 , thereby increasing effective lens power. The effective lens power of the device  5900  is thereby adjustable during natural accommodation. Rather than changing lens shape and actual lens power as in a natural lens, the same anatomy acts to change the position of the refractive surface  5910  and the effective lens power of the device  5900 . 
       FIGS.  60 A- 60 N  illustrate an example method of loading and ejecting the example prosthetic capsular device  5880  of  FIG.  58 E .  FIG.  60 A  shows the device  5880  in a case  6002 , for example similar to the case  5702 . The case  6002  includes a first part  6010  and a second part  6011 . The first part  6010  is spaced from the second part  6011  by a gap  6012 . Each of the first part  6010  and the second part  6011  comprises a plurality of frustoconical posts  6014 . The device  5880  is radially inward of the posts  6014 . In  FIGS.  60 B and  60 C , forceps  6004  (e.g., Cumming CrystaLens Forceps from Miltex, Inc. of Plainsboro, N.J.) are used to remove the device  5880  from the case  6002 . The gap  6012  allows one arm of the forceps  6004  to reach under the device  5880 . In  FIGS.  60 D- 60 F , the device  5880  is loaded into an injector  6006  (e.g., Accuject 2.6 BL (back load) from Medicel AG of Wolfhalden, Switzerland). The forceps  6004  continue to hold the device  5880  while the device  5880  is loaded into a cavity of the injector  6006 . The injector  6008  includes a snap lock mechanism  6008  to secure the device  5880  after loading. In  FIGS.  60 D and  60 E , the mechanism  6008  is open. In  FIG.  60 F , the mechanism  6008  is snapped closed.  FIG.  60 D  also shows the distal tip  6016  of the injector  6006 . 
       FIGS.  60 G- 60 M  show the device  5880  being ejected from the distal tip  6016  of the injector  6006  by longitudinal advancement of a plunger  6018 , as indicated by the arrow  6019 . The device  5880  stretches longitudinally as the device  5880  is advanced through the injector  6006 , which tapers towards the distal tip  6016 . In  FIG.  60 G , the distance  6020  between the ring portions of the device  5880  is indicative of a first level of stretching. In  FIG.  60 H , the distance  6022  between the ring portions of the device  5880  is indicative of a second level of stretching. The distance  6022  is longer than the distance  6020  (as drawn, about 73% longer). In  FIG.  60 I , just before the device  5880  is about to start to exit the distal tip  6016  of the injector  6006 , the distance  6024  between the ring portions of the device  5880  is indicative of a third level of stretching. The distance  6024  is longer than the distance  6020  (as drawn, about 287% longer) and the distance  6022  (as drawn, about 65% longer). The stretching of the device  5880  is exponential as the device  5880  advances through the taper of the injector  6006 . Different amounts of stretching may be achieved by use of different materials, different injectors, etc. 
     In  FIG.  60 J , the device  5880  is starting to exit the distal tip  6016  of the injector  6006 . The device  5880  begins to self-expand to resume a pre-folded shape (see  FIG.  60 A ) upon release from the injector  6006 . The sequence from  FIGS.  60 J to  60 M  can take less than one second, and the self-expansion or elastic spring back shown from  FIG.  60 L  to  FIG.  60 M  is fast enough to be almost imperceptible. 
     In  FIG.  60 N , the injector  6006  has been retracted. If the device  5880  was in a natural capsular bag of an eye, a user may engage the openings of the ring portions with a standard IOL positioning tool such as a Lester IOL manipulator, for example to align the fins along a specific rotational axis. 
     Referring again to  FIGS.  4 B- 4 G  and the description of example animal study procedures,  FIGS.  44 A- 54 E  are photographs of results of an animal study conducted along the same lines. In five rabbits, a prosthetic capsular device  400  as shown in  FIGS.  4 G- 4 I  and described above, and then an IOL (AcrySof SN60AT, a single-piece hydrophobic acrylic IOL manufactured by Alcon) were inserted into the right eye of each rabbit, and only an IOL was inserted into the left eye of each rabbit. The procedure for the prosthetic capsular device and IOL eyes was as described above, and the procedure for the IOL-only eyes was substantially the same without the prosthetic capsular device steps. 
       FIGS.  44 A and  44 B  are photographs of animal study results annotated to highlight certain features. Since the location, shading, coloration, etc. can vary based on variations in device location, lighting, anatomy, and the like,  FIGS.  44 A and  44 B  are somewhat redundantly provided to provide the reader with the ability to identify the identified features in the variety of photographs described herein. In  FIGS.  45 A- 54 C , four photographs are provided for each figure with different lighting conditions, focal points, angles, etc. to provide at least one figure illustrative of the condition of the eye; however, the photographs in each figure are of the same eye at the same time (e.g., after one week, after two weeks, after three weeks, or after four weeks). 
       FIG.  44 A , which is an annotated version of  FIG.  49 B  (upper left photograph), illustrates an anterior capsulorhexis  4402  (shown by short dashes), a refractive surface  4404  (shown by long dashes) of an IOL, an anterior opening  4406  (shown by intermediate dashes) of a prosthetic capsular device containing the IOL, and IOL haptics  4408 .  FIG.  44 B , which is an annotated version of  FIG.  49 A  (upper right photograph), illustrates an anterior capsulorhexis  4412  (shown by short dashes), a refractive surface  4414  (shown by long dashes) of an IOL, an anterior opening  4416  (shown by intermediate dashes) of a prosthetic capsular device containing the IOL, and IOL haptics  4418 . Photographs of eyes used for control (e.g., consisting essentially of an IOL) do not show an anterior opening of a prosthetic capsular device. 
     Rabbit eyes are highly inflammatory such that each week in a rabbit is approximately six months in a human. Four weeks in a rabbit, the last two sets of photographs in each figure set (e.g., “D” and “E”), is substantially equivalent to the effects after approximately two years in a human. 
       FIGS.  45 A- 45 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a first rabbit.  FIG.  45 A  is after one week,  FIG.  45 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  45 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  45 D and  45 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  45 A- 45 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  4502 , a refractive surface  4504  of an IOL, an anterior opening  4506  of a prosthetic capsular device containing the IOL, and IOL haptics  4508 . The IOL haptics  4508  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics. 
     As described above, the natural capsular bag undergoes chronic changes after cataract surgery believed to be largely due to the presence and continued growth of epithelial cells remaining on the natural capsular bag. If the entire natural capsular bag becomes fibrotic, and phimosis persists, there can be zonular dehiscence and changes to the effective lens position over time. Significant opacification of the natural capsular bag may be remedied by a Nd:YAG laser posterior capsulotomy.  FIGS.  45 A- 45 C  show that epithelial cell migration and propagation has been successfully mediated by use of the prosthetic capsular device. Even after four weeks, the natural capsular bag is substantially free of PCO, which is best seen by comparison to  FIGS.  46 A- 46 D , which show the left eye of the same rabbit during the same time periods. Without being bound by any particular theory, the Applicant believes that the prosthetic capsular device filling or substantially filling the natural space or volume of the natural capsular bag inhibits or prevents PCO. 
       FIG.  45 B  shows a small tear  4510  in the prosthetic capsular device at approximately a 9 o&#39;clock position. Even with this small defect, which was not present in the other four eyes containing a prosthetic capsular device and which is not believed to be a chronic problem, no irritation or opacification is evidenced in eyes containing a prosthetic capsular device. The eyes containing a prosthetic capsular device show some irritation of the vitreous. 
       FIG.  45 E  shows a Soemmering&#39;s ring  4512  and material  4514  on a posterior surface of the IOL. The Soemmering&#39;s ring  4512  is a toroidal collection of lens epithelial cells that have transformed and grown after the cataract has been removed. This occurs in the natural capsular bag after removal of the natural lens as a result of mesenchymal epithelial transformation thought to be caused by a combination of inflammatory mediators and contact between the anterior capsule and the posterior capsule. 
       FIGS.  46 A- 46 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the first rabbit.  FIG.  46 A  is after one week,  FIG.  46 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  46 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  46 D and  46 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  46 A- 46 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  4602 , a refractive surface  4604  of an IOL, and IOL haptics  4608 . The IOL haptics  4608  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics. 
     The first easily identifiable difference between the right eye of  FIGS.  45 A- 45 D  and the left eye of  FIGS.  46 A- 46 D  is the significant fibrosis  4612  of the natural capsular bag, even after only two weeks ( FIG.  46 B ). Fibrosis, the epithelial-mesenchymal transition of the lens epithelial cells to muscle cells (or contractile tissue or myofibroblast tissue), can cause opacification and/or can increase the elasticity of the natural capsular bag, which can cause contraction. Each are undesirable, but in combination, contraction and opacification can reduce an amount of light that can pass through the eye to the retina, reducing vision. 
     A normal eye under normal lighting conditions takes in light between about 3 mm and about 6 mm. Under bright light conditions, the normal eye may reduce light intake to between about 1 mm and about 2 mm. Under low light conditions, the normal eye may increase light intake to between about 7 mm and about 8 mm. Due to the contraction and fibrosis, the effective diameter at which the left eye of  FIGS.  46 A- 46 D  can take in light is about 4.1 mm, which significantly impairs the vision in that eye except under the best lighting conditions. The effective diameters provided herein are rough approximations based on the photographs, but are precise enough to show visual impairment. 
     The second easily identifiable difference between the right eye of  FIGS.  45 A- 45 D  and the left eye of  FIGS.  46 A- 46 D  is the migration or shifting of the position of the IOL. The last figure (“E”) for each set of eye figures, which is a gross section, best shows the centering of the IOL. The IOLs in the right eyes, which also include a prosthetic capsular device, were generally more centered and sat more posterior than the IOLs in the left eyes, in which the IOL is more flat in line with the collapsed natural capsular bag. 
       FIG.  46 E  shows a Soemmering&#39;s ring  4614  and the inception of PCO  4616 . As described in further detail herein, PCO is the formation of a partially opaque membrane by the reproduction of lens epithelial cells along the posterior of the natural capsular bag. In contrast, material on the posterior surface, for example as described with respect to  FIG.  45 E , is most likely retrained viscoelastic that has some residual trapped fibrin or inflammatory precipitate contained within it. 
       FIGS.  47 A- 47 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a second rabbit.  FIG.  47 A  is after one week,  FIG.  47 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  47 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  47 D and  47 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  47 A- 47 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  4702 , a refractive surface  4704  of an IOL, an anterior opening  4706  of a prosthetic capsular device containing the IOL, and IOL haptics  4708 . The IOL haptics  4708  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics. The IOL is well centered in the prosthetic capsular device, which can be seen by the positions of the refractive surface  4704  of the IOL and the anterior opening  4706  of the prosthetic capsular device. In contrast to  FIGS.  45 A- 45 D ,  FIGS.  47 A- 47 D , as well as  FIGS.  49 A- 49 D,  51 A- 51 D, and  53 A- 53 D , show that the prosthetic capsular device was not torn, which is generally preferably even though tearing did not cause irritation in the eye of the first rabbit. The natural capsular bag is substantially free of fibrosis. 
       FIG.  47 E  shows a Soemmering&#39;s ring  4712 , material  4714  on the posterior surface of the IOL, material  4716  attached to the posterior capsule at the vitreous face, and the inception of peripheral PCO  4718 .  FIG.  47 E  also shows a mild reaction in the anterior vitreous with some small clumps of lymphocytes  4720  in the anterior vitreous, indicative of a low-grade vitritis. 
       FIGS.  48 A- 48 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the second rabbit.  FIG.  48 A  is after one week,  FIG.  48 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  48 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  48 D and  48 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  48 A- 48 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  4802 , a refractive surface  4804  of an IOL, and IOL haptics  4808 . The IOL haptics  4808  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics. As in  FIGS.  46 A- 46 E , and in stark contrast to the right eye of  FIGS.  47 A- 47 E , the left eye of  FIGS.  48 A- 48 E  evidence significant fibrosis  4812  of the natural capsular bag, best seen in  FIG.  48 C .  FIGS.  46 A- 46 E  also shown contraction of the anterior capsulorhexis  4802 . Due to the contraction and fibrosis, the effective diameter at which the left eye of  FIGS.  48 A- 48 E  can take in light is about 4.3 mm, which significantly impairs the vision in that eye except under the best lighting conditions. 
       FIGS.  49 A- 49 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a third rabbit.  FIG.  49 A  is after one week,  FIG.  49 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  49 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  49 D and  49 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  49 A- 49 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  4902 , a refractive surface  4904  of an IOL, an anterior opening  4906  of a prosthetic capsular device containing the IOL, and IOL haptics  4908 . The IOL haptics  4908  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics. The natural capsular bag is substantially free of fibrosis.  FIG.  49 E  shows material  4912  on a posterior surface of the IOL and the inception of peripheral PCO  4614 . 
       FIGS.  50 A- 50 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the third rabbit.  FIG.  50 A  is after one week,  FIG.  50 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  50 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  50 D and  50 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  50 A- 50 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  5002 , a refractive surface  5004  of an IOL, and IOL haptics  5008 . The IOL haptics  5008  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics. Out of all the left eyes,  FIGS.  50 A- 50 E  show the most dramatic contraction of the natural capsular bag, which can be seen by the size of the anterior capsulorhexis  4902 . Due to the contraction and fibrosis, the effective diameter at which the left eye of  FIGS.  50 A- 50 E  can take in light is about 4.2 mm, which significantly impairs the vision in that eye except under the best lighting conditions.  FIG.  50 E  also shows PCO. 
       FIGS.  51 A- 51 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a fourth rabbit.  FIG.  51 A  is after one week,  FIG.  51 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  51 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  51 D and  51 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  51 A- 51 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  5102 , a refractive surface  5104  of an IOL, an anterior opening  5106  of a prosthetic capsular device containing the IOL, and IOL haptics  5108 . The IOL haptics  5108  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics.  FIGS.  51 A- 51 E  show that the prosthetic capsular device may have been poorly centered in the natural capsular bag and/or that the natural capsular bag contracted, but the natural capsular bag is substantially free of fibrosis such that mis-centering and/or contraction does not present a serious issue, as light may pass through the still-epithelial natural capsular bag cells.  FIG.  51 E  shows material  5112  on a posterior surface of the IOL. The right eye of the fourth rabbit also shows a small amount of fibrin peripherally between the prosthetic capsular device and the IOL, discussed in further detail below. 
       FIGS.  52 A- 52 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the fourth rabbit.  FIG.  52 A  is after one week,  FIG.  52 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  52 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  52 D and  52 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  52 A- 52 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  5202 , a refractive surface  5204  of an IOL, and IOL haptics  5208 . The IOL haptics  5208  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics. Like several of the other left eyes,  FIGS.  52 A- 52 E  show significant fibrosis and contraction. Due to the contraction and fibrosis, the effective diameter at which the left eye of  FIGS.  52 A- 52 E  can take in light is about 2.6 mm, which significantly impairs the vision in that eye except under the best lighting conditions.  FIG.  52 E  also shows PCO. 
       FIGS.  53 A- 53 E  are photographs of animal study results for a right eye of a fifth rabbit.  FIG.  53 A  is after one week,  FIG.  53 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  53 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  53 D and  53 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  53 A- 53 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  5302 , a refractive surface  5304  of an IOL, an anterior opening  5306  of a prosthetic capsular device containing the IOL, and IOL haptics  5308 . The IOL haptics  5308  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics. Like  FIGS.  49 A- 49 E ,  FIGS.  53 A- 53 E  show good centering of the prosthetic capsular device in the natural capsular bag, and lack of fibrosis.  FIG.  53 E  shows material  5312  on a posterior surface of the IOL and peripheral PCO  5314 . 
       FIGS.  54 A- 54 E  are photographs of animal study results for a left eye of the fifth rabbit.  FIG.  54 A  is after one week,  FIG.  54 B  is after two weeks,  FIG.  54 C  is after three weeks, and  FIGS.  54 D and  54 E  are after four weeks.  FIGS.  54 A- 54 E  illustrate an anterior capsulorhexis  5402 , a refractive surface  5404  of an IOL, and IOL haptics  5408 . The IOL haptics  5408  are not visible in some figures, although the position of the haptics may be assumed based on other figures and/or the position of any visible portions of the IOL flared radially outwardly to form the start of the haptics. Like several of the other left eyes,  FIGS.  52 A- 52 E  show significant fibrosis and contraction. Due to the contraction and fibrosis, the effective diameter at which the left eye of  FIGS.  54 A- 54 E  can take in light is about 4.5 mm, which significantly impairs the vision in that eye except under the best lighting condition. 
     The reduction in the effective diameter shows why PCO can be so detrimental and preferably reduced or prevented. As described above, a Nd:YAG laser may be used to ablate the natural capsular bag to remove the opaque membrane. If the natural capsular bag separating the vitreous is removed, then post-PCO treatment operation on an IOL absent a prosthetic capsular device could result in anterior flow of vitreous. A careful user may be able to viscodissect an IOL from an eye and place a prosthetic capsular device comprising a posterior surface into the eye to inhibit or prevent the flow of vitreous. The eye of a post-PCO subject with an existing IOL issue may be salvageable using a prosthetic capsular device, providing another potential advantage and/or use. 
     One goal of the animal studies of  FIGS.  45 A- 54 E  was to show that use of a prosthetic capsular device was not worse for the eye than use of an IOL alone. The right eyes were all substantially free of fibrosis (e.g., almost totally pristine), IOL position shift, and anterior capsulorhexis contraction. By contrast, the left eyes generally showed significant fibrosis, IOL migration, and significant asymmetric contraction of the capsulorhexis. The animal studies empirically show that the use of a prosthetic capsular device can provide at least some of the advantages discussed herein. 
     Slight damage to the prosthetic capsular devices such as small tears in the edge of the anterior opening may have occurred due to insertion through the Accuject 2.2 mm injectors. Upon any incomplete injection of the prosthetic capsular device into the natural capsular bag, the prosthetic capsular device was manipulated with a collar button hook after injection to complete in-the-bag fixation. The manipulation and/or a hard push on the injector may have caused the damage. Injection of the prosthetic capsular device fully into the natural capsular bag (e.g., without further manipulation or repositioning), for example using a different injector, may reduce the risk of tearing the prosthetic capsular device. 
     Inflammation of the vitreous in right eyes, starting after about two weeks and then decreasing throughout the follow up, may have been due to the material of the prosthetic capsular device being sterilized, but not having undergone an extensive extraction process such that uncrosslinked siloxane monomers can leach out of the material over time. Extraction prior to sterilization and packaging of the prosthetic capsular device, for example single, double, triple, or more extractions to promote crosslinking (e.g., substantially total crosslinking), may reduce such inflammation. 
     Fibrin formation between the prosthetic capsular device and the IOL may have been due to incomplete viscoelastic removal and/or residual OVD remained trapped behind the IOL. More aggressive viscoelastic evacuation after the implantation, use of a more cohesive viscoelastic material, which may be easier to remove than dispersive viscoelastic materials, and/or an OVD removal technique may reduce the such fibrin formation. There was little change in the fibrin material throughout the four weeks. Fibrin was also generally observed at the level of the capsulorhexis edge in the left eyes, which was resolved within two weeks. 
     Dilation or significant dilation of the natural capsular bag was generally associated with the presence of the prosthetic capsular device. However, ACO was absent, for example due to lack of contact between the residual anterior capsule and the anterior surface of the prosthetic capsular device, such that the dilation was not a negative result. 
     The right eyes, in which a prosthetic capsular device was placed before an IOL, showed significantly reduced Soemmering&#39;s ring formation compared to the left eyes, in which only an IOL was placed. The right eyes showed reduced central and peripheral PCO compared to the left eyes. A different edge profile (e.g., square) of a prosthetic capsular device, for example as described herein, may provide a better effect against PCO. PCO at week 4 of the examination was scored as a 0 in the right eyes and as 2±1 in the left eyes (two-tail P=0.01; t-Test: Paired Two Sample for Means). ACO was found to be absent in the right eyes and was mile (0.5 or 1) in the left eyes. 
     Central PCO was scored (two-tail P=0.05; t-Test: Paired Two Sample for Means,) as 0.1±0.22 for right eyes and 1.2±0.75 for left eyes. Peripheral PCO was scored (two-tail P=0.23; t-Test: Paired Two Sample for Means) as 0.8±0.83 for right eyes and 1.8±0.83 for left eyes; the amount of PCO varied from a trace to moderate PCO. Soemmering&#39;s ring formation was scored (two-tail P=0.006; t-Test: Paired Two Sample for Means) as 2.8±0.83 for right eyes and 8.6±2.19 for left eyes; the left eyes all showed a moderate Soemmering&#39;s ring formation with proliferation of cortical material in the periphery. In all cases, a lower number indicates better results. In all parameters, eyes with a prosthetic capsular device scored better than eyes without a prosthetic capsular device. 
     All prosthetic capsular devices were found to be fully fixated inside of the natural capsular bag and centered. The IOL in  FIGS.  45 A- 45 E  was very slightly decentered inside of the prosthetic capsular device. Mild IOL decentration (0.5 or 1) inside of the prosthetic capsular device was observed in two left eyes. 
     There was no sign of untoward inflammation or toxicity on any of the left eyes. There was no sign of any toxicity or inflammation on four of the five right eyes. As mentioned above with respect to  FIG.  47 E , one right eye showed a mild anterior vitritis. 
     Referring again to the disclosure regarding use of the technology device to control the properties of an IOL,  FIG.  55 A  is a flowchart of an example of controlling focus of an IOL using an external device. Starting at block  5500 , the external device receives input from a user at block  5502 . An example of user input is control of an external device (e.g., external to the eye) such as a smartwatch, smartphone, and the like. In some implementations, control of the external device is with a second external device. For example, a user wearing a ring on one hand may touch a smartwatch worn on the opposite wrist to complete a circuit, send a signal (e.g., via near-field communication (NFC)), or otherwise communicate. In some implementations, the user operation  5502  does not require full attention of the user (e.g., attention to a display) such that the focus can be controlled without the user deviating from another activity such as driving or communicating with someone. For example, a user may initiate an operation by a series of taps on a smartwatch or a voice command based on built-in voice recognition such as Siri on Apple devices or OK Google on Android devices. In some implementations, features of a smartphone (e.g., volume buttons) and/or a smartwatch (e.g., a rotatable knob) can be manipulated, which may provide fine tuning of and/or adjusting of the focus. Operation of a software application running on an external device that is configured to control the IOL is also possible. 
     Upon receipt of the user input at block  5502 , the external device wirelessly transmits an electronic message at block  5504  to the IOL. The wireless transmission may be in accordance with a standard wireless protocol such as Bluetooth or a specialized wireless protocol, for example to enhance security and/or safety. As described above, the external device may be a single device or a series of devices operating in conjunction with each other. For example, the external device that emits the wireless transmission at block  5504  may be a smartwatch. For another example, the external device that emits the wireless transmission at block  5504  may be a smartphone that received a first wireless transmission from a smartwatch. The wireless transmission is configured to be received by a technology device and/or an IOL configured to process the wireless transmission and cause focus adjustment. 
     In some implementations, the wireless transmission is received by the technology device of the prosthetic capsular device, which then controls operation of an adjustable-focus IOL in the prosthetic capsular device. In some implementations, the wireless transmission is received by the adjustable-focus IOL in the prosthetic capsular device directly (e.g., if the prosthetic capsular device lacks a suitable technology device or any technology device, or in the absence of the use of a prosthetic capsular device for suitable IOLs). In some implementations, the wireless transmission is received by another device that communicates with the technology device of the prosthetic capsular device and/or the adjustable-focus IOL in the prosthetic capsular device. For example, the smartwatch may send a wireless transmission to a smartphone, which emits a secondary wireless transmission that may be received by the IOL, the technology device, etc. One or more of the wireless transmissions may be sent over a network. Intraocular communication may be wireless (e.g., based on the same or different wireless standard) or wired (e.g., based on electrical contact between an exterior of the IOL haptics and an interior of the prosthetic capsular device). 
     In response to the wireless transmission or a secondary wireless transmission, the IOL focus adjusts at block  5506 . The block  5506  is shown in dashed outline because the process may be performed by another device (e.g., the IOL). The focus may adjust for near objects by increasing refractive power (e.g., to allow the user to focus on near objects) and/or adjust for intermediate to distance vision by decreasing refractive power (e.g., to allow the user to focus on intermediate and/or distant objects). 
     An example of an IOL that may be focus adjusted at block  5504  is ELENZA Sapphire from Elenza. Upon sensing a change in the natural pupil, the Elenza IOL can accommodate, or focus. For example, upon sensing that the natural pupil is constricting, the Elenza IOL can myopically accommodate. As another example, upon sensing that the natural pupil is dilating, an IOL may return to the dis-accommodated state for emmetropia. As another example, upon sensing that the natural pupil is dilating, an IOL may return adjust focus for intermediate and/or distant object viewing. In some implementations, the transmission at block  5506  may effect accommodation regardless of a state of the natural pupil. In some implementations, the transmission at block  5506  may effect accommodation in combination with sensing of a change in a natural pupil. 
     Another example of focus adjustment at block  5504  is by a technology device comprising an artificial pupil or electronically-controlled iris diaphragm configured to selectively block light transmission into the eye. The transmission at block  5506  can instruct the artificial pupil to constrict and/or dilate. In some implementations, an artificial pupil could effectively work for patients with damaged or missing iris tissue and/or to provide increased depth of focus, creating a hyperfocality by decreasing the effective aperture size. In some implementations, an artificial pupil allows the user to achieve better near and intermediate vision in adequate lighting, without the loss of distance vision. An example of a static device that could achieve these refractive benefits is the Acufocus Kamra. This device is typically implanted either in the cornea or upon an IOL, and heretofore not been controllable by the user, for example in a manner that can increase or optimize functionality. In some implementations, upon application of an electrical wireless transmission, the technology device works similarly to a camera aperture, closing circumferentially from the limbal toward the visual axis. In some implementations, upon application of an electrical wireless transmission, the molecular configuration of liquid crystals in the technology device orient to make an edge opaque, akin to the result of pupil constriction. The artificial pupil may work in combination with the natural pupil, or may provide beneficial refractive effects independent of the natural pupil. In some implementations, an artificial pupil may work in combination with accommodation of an IOL such as the Elenza IOL. In some implementations, a technology device of the prosthetic capsular device comprises the artificial pupil, which may be used in combination with an IOL, an accommodating IOL, or without an IOL. 
     Another example of an IOL that may be focus adjusted at block  5504  is Light Adjustable Lens (LAL) from Calhoun Vision that has not been locked in. Upon application of an electrical wireless transmission, light is directed to cause photopolymerization of macromers and swelling in an illuminated area, causing a change in power. The focus of the IOL may be changed using a microsolenoid (e.g., application of an electrical wireless transmission to a coil creates a magnetic field that attracts or repels a magnetic material coupled to a refractive surface), MEMS (e.g., application of an electrical wireless transmission creates an electrostatic charge that attracts a hinged metallic material coupled to a refractive surface), etc. The entire IOL or portions thereof (e.g., a refractive surface) may move within the prosthetic capsular device, providing a focusing mechanism to non-adjustable IOL s. 
     In some implementations, the IOL and/or the technology device may send a wireless transmission, command instruction, computer-generated message, or the like to the external device to confirm that focus adjusted. Although the focus adjustment may be visible to a user, such feedback may aid in initial setup, calibration, troubleshooting, etc. In certain such implementations, the process may optionally further comprise receipt of a confirmation wireless transmission by the external device that the focus was adjusted. 
     The external device may optionally be configured to receive other wireless transmissions from the IOL and/or the technology device (e.g., low battery, error codes, limits reached, etc.). In certain such implementations, the emission of the wireless transmission by the external device  5504  may be based on confirmation that the IOL is able to focus in accordance with the wireless transmission. The external device may optionally be configured to receive other wireless transmissions from the IOL and/or the technology device other than regarding focus, for example as described in further detail herein. 
     The process ends at block  5508 . The focus of the IOL may revert after some amount of time or in response to a second wireless transmission from the external device (e.g., upon receipt of a second user input). Some of the processes discussed above and other processes are described in more detail with respect to  FIGS.  55 B- 55 F . 
       FIG.  55 B  is a schematic of a system for controlling an electronic device (e.g., technology device and/or an IOL) using an external device. In the illustrated flowchart, a prosthetic capsular device  5510  includes a technology device. The prosthetic capsular device  5510  at least partially contains an IOL  5512 . The technology device of the prosthetic capsular device  5510  and/or the IOL  5512  is in communication with a primary external device  5514 . The primary external device  5514  may comprise, for example, a smartphone, a smartwatch, etc. The primary external device  5514  is optionally in communication with a secondary external device  5516 . The secondary external device  5516  may comprise, for example, a smartwatch (e.g., in combination with the primary external device  5514  comprising a smartphone). The secondary external device  5516  is optionally in communication with a tertiary external device  5518 . The tertiary external device  5518  may comprise, for example, a ring (e.g., in combination with the secondary external device  5516  comprising a smartwatch). The primary external device  5514 , the secondary external device  5516 , and the tertiary external device  5518  may act singly, in subcombination, or in full combination to, inter alia, receive input by a user and emit a wireless transmission to the technology device of the prosthetic capsular device  5510  and/or the IOL  5512 . Additional external devices (e.g., quartenary, quinary, etc.) are also possible. 
       FIG.  55 C  is a flowchart of an example method of controlling an electronic device (e.g., technology device and/or an IOL) using an external device. Starting at block  5520 , the external device receives input from a user at block  5522 . Upon receipt of the user input at block  5522 , the external device processes the user input at block  5524 . The external device may include a processing module, a static memory module, a dynamic or temporary memory module, a power source, a user input receipt module, a wireless transmission emitting module, a wireless transmission receiving module, and the like. Upon processing of the user input at block  5524 , the external device generates an instruction command for transmission to an electronic device (e.g., a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device, an IOL, etc.) implanted in the eye at block  5526 . The generation of the instruction command may be automatic upon receipt and processing of the user input, or may include further interaction with the user or another device. The instructions may include, for example, to focus the IOL. Upon generation of the instruction command at block  5526 , the external device may optionally receive confirmation and/or a current status input from the electronic device (e.g., a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device, an IOL, etc.) implanted in the eye at block  5528 . Depending on generation of the instruction command and/or receipt of the confirmation and/or current status input from the electronic device, the process may repeat starting at block  5522  or end at block  5530 . 
       FIG.  55 D  is a flowchart of another example method of controlling an electronic device (e.g., technology device and/or an IOL) using an external device. Referring to  FIG.  55 B , for example, the external device comprises a primary external device (e.g., a smartphone) and a secondary external device (e.g., a smartwatch). Starting at block  5532 , the secondary external device receives input from a user at block  5534 . Upon receipt of the user input at block  5534 , the secondary external device can be configured to process the user input (for example, a button push or the like) and generate a signal based on the user input for transmitting to the primary external device. The primary external device can be configured to receive the transmitted signal based on the user input from the secondary external device at block  5536 . The primary external device may be in wired or wireless communication with the secondary external device so as to receive the user input directly or as a result of a wireless transmission from the secondary external device. Upon receipt of the user input at block  5536 , the primary external device processes the user input at block  5538 . Upon processing of the user input at block  5538 , the primary external device generates an instruction command for transmission to an electronic device (e.g., a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device, an IOL, etc.) implanted in the eye at block  5540 . The generation of the instruction command may be automatic upon receipt and processing of the user input, or may include further interaction with the user, the secondary external device, another device, etc. The instructions may include, for example, to focus the IOL. Upon generation of the instruction command at block  5540 , the primary external device may optionally receive confirmation and/or a current status input from the electronic device (e.g., a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device, an IOL, etc.) implanted in the eye at block  5542 . The primary external device and/or the secondary external device may optionally display the confirmation and/or current status input at block  5544 . Depending on generation of the instruction command, receipt of the confirmation and/or current status input from the electronic device, and/or display of the confirmation and/or current status input, the process may repeat starting at block  5534  or end at block  5546 . 
       FIG.  55 E  is a flowchart of another example method of controlling an electronic device (e.g., technology device and/or an IOL) using an external device. Referring to  FIG.  55 B , for example, the external device comprises a primary external device (e.g., a smartphone) and a secondary external device (e.g., a smartwatch). Starting at block  5550 , the secondary external device receives input from a user at block  5552 . Upon receipt of the user input at block  5552 , the secondary external device can be configured to process the user input (for example, a button push or the like) and generate a signal based on the user input for transmitting to the primary external device. The primary external device can be configured to receive the transmitted signal generated based on the user input from the secondary external device at block  5554 . The primary external device may be in wired or wireless communication with the secondary external device so as to receive the user input directly or as a result of a wireless transmission from the secondary external device. Upon receipt of the user input at block  5554 , the primary external device processes the user input at block  5556 . Upon processing of the user input at block  5556 , the primary external device generates an instruction command for transmission to an electronic device (e.g., a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device, an IOL, etc.) implanted in the eye at block  5558 . The generation of the instruction command may be automatic upon receipt and processing of the user input, or may include further interaction with the user, the secondary external device, another device, etc. The instructions may include, for example, to focus the IOL. 
       FIG.  55 E  includes a dashed horizontal line indicative of processes that may be performed by the electronic device (e.g., a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device, an IOL, etc.) implanted in the eye. It will be appreciated that the electronic device may be separate from the external device, and that the processes described with respect to  FIG.  55 E  are examples for reference only. In some implementations, the external device and the electronic device form a system or kit. 
     The electronic device may receive the instruction command at block  5560 . Upon receipt of the instruction command at block  5560 , the electronic device may process the instruction command at block  5562 . Upon processing of the instruction command at block  5562 , the electronic device may adjust a parameter of the electronic device based on the instruction command at block  5564 . The adjustment of the parameter may be automatic upon receipt and processing of the instruction command, or may include further interaction with the user, the primary external device, the secondary external device, and/or another device, analysis of the parameter and/or another parameter, etc. The parameter may include, for example, IOL focus (e.g., an amount of masking, an amount of movement, an amount of rotation, etc.). Upon adjustment of the parameter at block  5564 , the electronic device may generate confirmation and/or a current status output at block  5566 . The electronic device may perform more, fewer, different, differently ordered, etc. processes, may include interaction between multiple electronic devices (e.g., between a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device and an IOL), etc. 
     The primary external device may optionally receive confirmation and/or a current status input (generated as output) from the electronic device implanted in the eye at block  5568 . The primary external device and/or the secondary external device may optionally display the confirmation and/or current status input at block  5570 . The process ends at block  5572 . 
       FIG.  55 F  is a flowchart of another example method of controlling an electronic device (e.g., technology device and/or an IOL) using an external device. Referring to  FIG.  55 B , for example, the external device comprises a primary external device (e.g., a smartphone) and a secondary external device (e.g., a smartwatch). Starting at block  5574 , the secondary external device receives input from a user at block  5576 . Upon receipt of the user input at block  5576 , the secondary external device can be configured to process the user input (for example, a button push or the like) and generate a signal based on the user input for transmitting to the primary external device. The primary external device can be configured to receive the transmitted signal generated based on the user input from the secondary external device at block  5578 . The primary external device may be in wired or wireless communication with the secondary external device so as to receive the user input directly or as a result of a wireless transmission from the secondary external device. 
     The primary external device determines the user input at block  5580 . In the event of a first user input, the primary external device generates an instruction command to change focus to near objects (e.g., myopic accommodation as described herein with respect to the Elenza IOL) at block  5582 . In the event of a second user input different than the first user input, the primary external device generates an instruction command to change focus to intermediate and/or distant objects (e.g., emmetropia or a dis-accommodated state as described herein) at block  5584 . For clarity, the Elenza IOL uses pupillary constriction as a sign that the eye is trying to accommodate (focus) and the lens changes focus based on the natural pupillary constriction. That is, the Elenza IOL does not cause the pupil to constrict and does not contain a prosthetic iris device. In some implementations, instruction commands described herein could, for example, cause the Elenza IOL to change focus regardless of constriction of the natural pupil. 
     In some implementations, for example using an IOL other than an Elenza IOL or by way of a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device, an instruction command could, for example, effect constriction or dilation of an artificial pupil. 
     Focus adjustment of an Elenza IOL and constriction/dilation of an artificial pupil and are provided as example parameter changes, and it will be appreciated that other parameter changes based on different inputs is also possible. The generation of the instruction commands may be automatic upon receipt and processing of the user input, or may include further interaction with the user (e.g., instruction command in combination with sensing of natural pupil dilation), the secondary external device, another device, etc. In some implementations, the secondary external device may determine the user input and the primary external device may receive an instruction command. 
     Upon generation of the instruction command at block  5582  or  5584 , the primary external device transmits the instruction command to an electronic device (e.g., a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device, an IOL, etc.) implanted in the eye at block  5586 . The instructions may include, for example, to focus the IOL. Upon transmission of the instruction command at block  5586 , the primary external device may optionally receive confirmation and/or a current status input from the electronic device (e.g., a technology device of a prosthetic capsular device, an IOL, etc.) implanted in the eye at block  5588 . The primary external device and/or the secondary external device may optionally display the confirmation and/or current status input at block  5590 . The process ends at block  5592 . 
       FIG.  56    is a block diagram depicting an example computer hardware system configured to execute software for implementing one or more implementations of electronic device control disclosed herein In some implementations, the hardware systems and/or devices described above take the form of a computing system  5600 , which is a block diagram of one implementation of a computing system that is in communication with one or more computing systems  5618  and/or one or more data sources  5620  via one or more networks  5616 . The computing system  5600  may be used to implement one or more of the systems and methods described herein. In some implementations, the computing system  5600  is configured to manage access or administer a software application. While  FIG.  56    illustrates an example computing system  5600 , it is recognized that the functionality provided for in the components and modules of the computing system  5600  may be combined into fewer components and modules or further separated into additional components and modules. 
     Electrical System 
     In some implementations, the computing system  5600  comprises an electrical system  5606  configured to carry out one or more of the functions described herein with reference to control of an electronic device implanted in an eye, including any one of techniques described above. The electrical system  5606  and/or other modules may be executed on the computing system  5600  by a central processing unit  5602  discussed further below. 
     In general, the word “module,” as used herein, refers to logic embodied in hardware or firmware, or to a collection of software instructions, possibly having entry and exit points, written in a programming language, such as, for example, COBOL, CICS, Java, Lua, C or C++. A software module may be compiled and linked into an executable program, installed in a dynamic link library, or may be written in an interpreted programming language such as, for example, BASIC, Perl, or Python. It will be appreciated that software modules may be callable from other modules or from themselves, and/or may be invoked in response to detected events or interrupts. Software instructions may be embedded in firmware, such as an EPROM. It will be further appreciated that hardware modules may be comprised of connected logic units, such as gates and flip-flops, and/or may be comprised of programmable units, such as programmable gate arrays or processors. The modules described herein are preferably implemented as software modules, but may be represented in hardware or firmware. Generally, the modules described herein refer to logical modules that may be combined with other modules or divided into sub-modules despite their physical organization or storage. 
     Computing System Components 
     The computing system  5600  can comprise a central processing unit (CPU)  5602 , which may comprise a conventional microprocessor. The computing system  5600  further comprises a memory  5604 , such as random access memory (RAM) for temporary storage of information and/or a read only memory (ROM) for permanent storage of information, and a mass storage device  5608 , such as a hard drive, diskette, or optical media storage device. In some implementations, the modules of the computing system  5600  are connected to the computer using a standards based bus system. In some implementations, the standards-based bus system could include Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI), Microchannel, SCSI, Industrial Standard Architecture (ISA) and Extended ISA (EISA) architectures, for example. 
     The computing system  5600  comprises one or more commonly available input/output (I/O) devices and interfaces  5612 , such as a keyboard, mouse, touchpad, touchscreen, ring, printer, etc. In some implementations, the I/O devices and interfaces  5612  comprise one or more display devices, such as a monitor or touchscreen, that allows the visual presentation of data to a user. A display device can provide for the presentation of graphical user interfaces (GUI), application software data, and multimedia presentations, for example. In some implementations, the I/O devices and interfaces  5612  comprise a microphone, motion, and/or NFC sensor that allows a user to generate input to the computing system  5600  using sounds, voice, motion, gestures, or the like. In  FIG.  56   , the I/O devices and interfaces  5612  also provide a communications interface to various external devices via a link  5614  to the network  5616 . The computing system  5600  may also comprise one or more multimedia devices  5610 , such as speakers, video cards, graphics accelerators, and microphones, for example. 
     Computing System Device/Operating System 
     The computing system  5600  may run on a variety of computing devices, such as, for example, a specifically designed device, a server, a Windows server, a Structure Query Language server, a Unix server, a personal computer, a mainframe computer, a laptop computer, a tablet computer, a cellular phone, a smartphone, a smartwatch, a personal digital assistant, a kiosk, an audio player, an e-reader device, and so forth. The computing system  5600  is generally controlled and coordinated by operating system software, such z/OS, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Linux, BSD, SunOS, Solaris, Android, iOS, BlackBerry OS, or other compatible operating systems. In Macintosh systems, the operating system may be any available operating system, such as MAC OS X. In some implementations, the computing system  5600  is controlled by a proprietary operating system. The operating system may, for example, control and schedule computer processes for execution, perform memory management, provide file system, networking, and I/O services, and provide a user interface, such as a GUI, among other things. 
     Network 
       FIG.  56    illustrates the computing system  5600  is coupled to an optional network  5616 , such as a LAN, WAN, or the Internet, for example, via a wired, wireless, or combination of wired and wireless, communication link  5614 . The network  5616  communicates with various computing devices and/or other electronic devices via wired or wireless communication links. In  FIG.  56   , the network  5616  is communicating with one or more computing systems  5618  and/or one or more data sources  5620 . 
     Access to the electrical system  5606  of the computer system  5600  by computing systems  5618  and/or by data sources  5620  may be through a web-enabled user access point such as the computing systems&#39;  5618  or data source&#39;s  5620  personal computer, mobile device, cellular phone, smartphone, smartwatch, laptop, tablet computer, e-reader device, audio player, or other device capable of connecting or configured to connect to the network  5616 . Such a device may have a browser module or specific application that is implemented as a module that uses text, graphics, audio, video, and other media to present data and to allow interaction with data via the network  5616 . 
     The browser module or specific application may be implemented as a combination of an all points addressable display such as a cathode-ray tube (CRT), a liquid crystal display (LCD), a plasma display, or other types and/or combinations of displays. The browser module or specific application may be implemented to communicate with input devices  5612  and may comprise software with the appropriate interfaces to allow a user to access data through the use of stylized screen elements such as, for example, menus, windows, dialog boxes, toolbars, and controls (for example, radio buttons, check boxes, sliding scales, and so forth). The browser module may communicate with a set of input and output devices to receive wireless transmissions from the user. 
     The input device(s) may comprise a keyboard, roller ball, pen and stylus, mouse, ring, smartwatch, knob, trackball, voice recognition system, or pre-designated switches or buttons. The output device(s) may comprise a speaker, a display screen, a printer, or a voice synthesizer. A touch screen may act as a hybrid input/output device. In some implementations, a user may interact with the system through a system terminal without communications over the Internet, a WAN, or LAN, or similar network. 
     In some implementations, the system  5600  comprises a physical or logical connection between a remote microprocessor and a mainframe host computer for the purpose of uploading, downloading, or viewing interactive data and databases on-line in real time. The remote microprocessor may be operated by an entity operating the computer system  5600 , including the client server systems or the main server system, an/or may be operated by one or more of the data sources  5620  and/or one or more of the computing systems  5618 . In some implementations, terminal emulation software may be used on the microprocessor for participating in the micro-mainframe link. 
     In some implementations, computing systems  5618  that are internal to an entity operating the computer system  5600  may access the electrical system  5606  internally as an application or process run by the CPU  5602 . 
     User Access Point 
     In some implementations, a user access point or user interface comprises a personal computer, a laptop computer, a tablet computer, an e-reader device, a mobile device, a cellular phone, a smartphone, a smartwatch, a GPS system, a Blackberry® device, a portable computing device, a server, a computer workstation, a local area network of individual computers, an interactive kiosk, a personal digital assistant, an interactive wireless communications device, a handheld computer, an embedded computing device, an audio player, or the like. 
     Other Systems 
     In addition to the systems illustrated and described above, the network  5616  may communicate with other data sources and/or other computing devices. The computing system  5600  may comprise one or more internal and/or external data sources. In some implementations, one or more of the data repositories and the data sources may be implemented using a relational database, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, CodeBase, Microsoft® SQL Server, as well as other types of databases such as, for example, a flat file database, an entity-relationship database, and object-oriented database, and/or a record-based database. 
       FIG.  73 A  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular device  7300  in an unfolded state.  FIG.  73 B  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  7300  of  FIG.  73 A  in an unfolded state.  FIG.  73 C  illustrates a side view of the example prosthetic capsular device  7300  of  FIG.  73 A  in an unfolded state. The device  7300  comprises a plurality of segments or leaves or petals  7302  spaced by gaps  7304 . The device  7300  optionally comprises an optic  7310 . As best seen in  FIGS.  73 A and  73 C , the devices  7300  is substantially flat or planar or two-dimensional in a first or unfolded state or configuration, which can increase ease of manufacturing versus a device that is three-dimensional in an unfolded state. 
     Referring again to  FIGS.  73 B and  73 C , certain example dimensions of the device  7300  in the unfolded state are provided. In some implementations, the device  7300  has a diameter  7320 , including the petals, between about 10 mm and about 20 mm (e.g., about 10 mm, about 11 mm, about 12 mm, about 13 mm, about 14 mm, about 15 mm, about 16 mm, about 17 mm, about 18 mm, about 19 mm, about 20 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, the device  7300  has a diameter  7322 , excluding the petals, between about 5 mm and about 15 mm (e.g., about 5 mm, about 6 mm, about 7 mm, about 8 mm, about 9 mm, about 10 mm, about 11 mm, about 12 mm, about 13 mm, about 14 mm, about 15 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, the circumferential width  7324  of a petal  7302  is between about 20° and about 30° (e.g., about 20°, about 21°, about 22°, about 23°, about 24°, about 25°, about 26°, about 27°, about 28°, about 29°, about 30°, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, the circumferential width  7326  of a gap  7304  is between about 20° and about 30° (e.g., about 20°, about 21°, about 22°, about 23°, about 24°, about 25°, about 26°, about 27°, about 28°, about 29°, about 30°, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, a ratio of the circumferential width  7326  of a petal  7302  to a circumferential width  7328  of a gap  7304  is between about 1:2 and about 2:1 (e.g., about 1:2, about 5:8, about 2:3, about 7:8, about 15:16, about 25:26, about 1:1, about 8:7, about 16:15, about 26:25, about 3:2, about 8:5, about 2:1, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, a diameter  7328  of the optic  7310  is between about 4 mm and about 10 mm (e.g., about 4 mm, about 5 mm, about 6 mm, about 7 mm, about 8 mm, about 9 mm, about 10 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). In some implementations, a thickness  7330  of the device  7300  except the optic  7310 , or a petal  7302 , is between about 0.1 mm and about 0.5 mm (e.g., about 0.1 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.4 mm, about 0.45 mm, about 0.5 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). 
     The unfolded device  7300  may be folded for insertion into a natural capsular bag. The two-dimensional nature of the unfolded device  7300  may allow further folding, for example compared to a three-dimensional structure, which can allow insertion through a smaller incision. In some implementations, the size of the incision is solely determined by the IOL to be placed in the capsular device, as the device can be inserted through an incision smaller than any known IOL. 
       FIG.  73 D  illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device  7300  of  FIG.  73 A  in a folded state.  FIG.  73 E  illustrates an anterior side perspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device  7300  of  FIG.  73 A  in a folded state. As the device  7300  is inserted into a natural capsular bag, the device may unfold towards its unfolded state. The optic  7310  may contact the posterior side of the natural capsular bag. The petals  7302  may fold towards the anterior and then radially inwardly, eventually folding in upon themselves. The folded device  7300  comprises an anterior opening  7312  through which an IOL may be inserted. The device  7300  is configured to contain an IOL. 
     The folded device  7300  may include other features described herein, for example electronic devices, tabs, ring structures, etc. In some implementations, the two-dimensional nature of the unfolded device  7300  may allow easier manufacturing of such features. For example, a flex circuit may be patterned on a first side of the device  7300  that is configured to be an interior of the capsular device  7300 . For another example, ring haptics or tabs may be patterned on a second side of the device  7300  that is configured to be an exterior of the capsular device  7300 . For yet another example, openings and/or anchor points can be formed on one or both sides of the device  7300 . 
     While the methods and devices described herein may be susceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, specific examples thereof have been shown in the drawings and are herein described in detail. It should be understood, however, that the invention is not to be limited to the particular forms or methods disclosed, but, to the contrary, the invention is to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the spirit and scope of the various implementations described and the appended claims. Further, the disclosure herein of any particular feature, aspect, method, property, characteristic, quality, attribute, element, or the like in connection with an implementation or embodiment can be used in all other implementations or embodiments set forth herein. Any methods disclosed herein need not be performed in the order recited. The methods disclosed herein may include certain actions taken by a practitioner; however, the methods can also include any third-party instruction of those actions, either expressly or by implication. For example, actions such as “inserting an intraocular lens into a prosthetic capsular device” include “instructing the insertion of an intraocular lens into a prosthetic capsular device.” The ranges disclosed herein also encompass any and all overlap, sub-ranges, and combinations thereof. Language such as “up to,” “at least,” “greater than,” “less than,” “between,” and the like includes the number recited. Numbers preceded by a term such as “about” or “approximately” include the recited numbers and should be interpreted based on the circumstances (e.g., as accurate as reasonably possible under the circumstances, for example ±5%, ±10%, ±15%, etc.). For example, “about 3.5 mm” includes “3.5 mm.” Phrases preceded by a term such as “substantially” include the recited phrase and should be interpreted based on the circumstances (e.g., as much as reasonably possible under the circumstances). For example, “substantially constant” includes “constant.” Unless stated otherwise, all measurements are at standard conditions including temperature and pressure.